EUROPEAN UNION DELEGATION AGREEMENT

ABAC REFERENCE T05-EUTF-HOA-SU-ll-02 (the Agreement)

The European Union represented by the European Commission (the Contracting Authority) of the one part and

The United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO) International Organisation Wagramerstrasse 5 Vienna International Centre PO Box 300 A-1400 Vienna hereinafter the Organisation

of the other part (individually a Party and collectively the Parties) have agreed as follows

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Article 1 - Purpose

11 This Agreement defines the activities entrusted to the Organisation for the implementation of the Action Employment and entrepreneurship development for migrant youth refugees asylum seekers and host communities in Khartoum State (EEDK-RDDP Sudan) as described in Annex I (the Action) This Agreement lays down the rules for implementation for the payment of the EU contribution and defines the relations between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority

12 The Action is fully fmanced by the EU contribution

13 In the performance of the activities the Organisation shall

a) apply its own accounting internal control and audit systems which have been positively assessed in the ex-ante pillars assessment In case the pillar assessment raised some reservations the Organisation shall comply with the ad hoc measures stated in Article 7

b) apply its own procurement procedures as assessed in the ex-ante pillars assessment and its own rules for the award of Grants as assessed in the ex-ante pillars assessment

c) perform the activities to be implemented under the Agreement in accordance with the principles of Sound Financial Management transparency and non-discrimination applying its positively assessed Regulations and Rules

d) be free to use any Regulations and Rules which have not been subject to the ex-ante pillar assessment to the extent that these Regulations and Rules are not in conflict with the provisions of this Agreement

14 The Action is an EU External Action The Action is financed under the European Union Emergency Trust Fund for stability and addressing root causes of irregular migration and displaced persons in Africa

15 The Organisation shall provide annually a management declaration to the European Commission Headquarters

16 This Agreement is subject to the provisions of Financial and Administrative Framework Agreement between the EU and the UN

Article 2 - Entry into Force Implementation Period and Contracting Deadline

Entry Into Force 21 The Agreement shall enter into force on the date when the last of the two Parties signs

Implementation Period

22 The Implementation Period of the Agreement (the Implementation Period) shall commence on

the flfst day of the month following the date on which the fIrst pre-fInancing is paid by the Contracting Authority

23 The Implementation Period of the Agreement as laid down in Annex I is of thirty six (36) months

Contracting Deadline

24 Individual Procurement and Grant contracts implementing this Agreement shall be signed by the Organisation no later than thirty six (36) months from the date of entry into force of this Agreement

Article 3 - Financing the Action

31 The total cost of the Action is estimated at EUR (Currency of the Agreement) 300000000 as set out in Annex III The Contracting Authority undertakes to provide an EU contribution2 up to a maximum of EUR 300000000 The fmal amount will be established in accordance with Articles 18 to 20 of Annex II

32 Remuneration The remuneration of the Organisation by the Contracting Authority for the implementation of the activities entrusted under this Agreement shall be 7 of the fmal amount of eligible direct costs of the Action to be reimbursed by the Contracting Authority

33 Interest generated on pre-fmancing shall not be due

34 A reserve for contingencies andor possible fluctuations in exchange rates not exceeding 5 of the direct eligible costs may be included in Annex III to allow for adjustments necessary in the light of unforeseeable changes of circumstances on the ground It can be used only with the prior written authorisation of the Contracting Authority upon a duly justifIed request from the Organisation

Article 4 - Narrative and Financial Reporting and Payment Arrangement

41 The pre-fInancing rate is 100

42 Payments shall be made in accordance with Article 19 of Annex II The following amounts are applicable all subject to the provisions of Annex II

First pre-financing instalment EUR 943 43200

2ndFurther pre-financing instalments EUR 205656800 following the end of the I SI etc reporting period every twelve (12) months subject to the provisions of Annex II

Article 5 - Communication language and contacts

51 All communications to the Contracting Authority in connection with the Agreement including reports referred to in Article 3 of Annex II shall be in English (EN) If requested by the Contracting Authority they shall be accompanied by a translation or a summary in English or French where the language of the Agreement is not English or French

52 Any communication relating to the Agreement shall be in writing shall state the number andor title of the Action and shall use the following addresses below

53 Any communication relating to the Agreement including payment requests and attached reports and requests for changes to bank account arrangements shall be sent to

I This amount is introduced only for indicative purposes It is an estimate and its evolulion does not condition the EU contribution

2 Where the contribution is financed by the European Development Fund mentions of EU contribution must be read as referring to European Development Fund financing

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 Special Conditions Delegation Agreement Page 2

Implementation Period

22 The Implementation Period of the Agreement (the Implementation Period) shall commence on

the flfst day of the month following the date on which the fIrst pre-fInancing is paid by the Contracting Authority

23 The Implementation Period of the Agreement as laid down in Annex I is of thirty six (36) months

Contracting Deadline

24 Individual Procurement and Grant contracts implementing this Agreement shall be signed by the Organisation no later than thirty six (36) months from the date of entry into force of this Agreement

Article 3 - Financing the Action

31 The total cost of the Action is estimated at EUR (Currency of the Agreement) 300000000 as set out in Annex III The Contracting Authority undertakes to provide an EU contribution2 up to a maximum of EUR 300000000 The fmal amount will be established in accordance with Articles 18 to 20 of Annex II

32 Remuneration The remuneration of the Organisation by the Contracting Authority for the implementation of the activities entrusted under this Agreement shall be 7 of the fmal amount of eligible direct costs of the Action to be reimbursed by the Contracting Authority

33 Interest generated on pre-fmancing shall not be due

34 A reserve for contingencies andor possible fluctuations in exchange rates not exceeding 5 of the direct eligible costs may be included in Annex III to allow for adjustments necessary in the light of unforeseeable changes of circumstances on the ground It can be used only with the prior written authorisation of the Contracting Authority upon a duly justifIed request from the Organisation

Article 4 - Narrative and Financial Reporting and Payment Arrangement

41 The pre-fInancing rate is 100

42 Payments shall be made in accordance with Article 19 of Annex II The following amounts are applicable all subject to the provisions of Annex II

First pre-financing instalment EUR 943 43200

2ndFurther pre-financing instalments EUR 205656800 following the end of the I SI etc reporting period every twelve (12) months subject to the provisions of Annex II

Article 5 - Communication language and contacts

51 All communications to the Contracting Authority in connection with the Agreement including reports referred to in Article 3 of Annex II shall be in English (EN) If requested by the Contracting Authority they shall be accompanied by a translation or a summary in English or French where the language of the Agreement is not English or French

52 Any communication relating to the Agreement shall be in writing shall state the number andor title of the Action and shall use the following addresses below

53 Any communication relating to the Agreement including payment requests and attached reports and requests for changes to bank account arrangements shall be sent to

I This amount is introduced only for indicative purposes It is an estimate and its evolulion does not condition the EU contribution

2 Where the contribution is financed by the European Development Fund mentions of EU contribution must be read as referring to European Development Fund financing

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 Special Conditions Delegation Agreement Page 2

For the Contracting Authority

European Commission

European Union Head of Delegation

Delegation of the European Union to the Sudan

Block lB Plot 10 Gamhoria Street PO Box 2363 Khartoum

Sudan

A copy of the reports referred to in Article 3 of Annex II and the reports publications press releases and updates relevant to the Action referred to in Article 86 of the General Conditions shall be sent to

European Commission For the attention of

Head of Cooperation Section

Delegation of the European Union to the Sudan

Block lB Plot 10 Gamhoria Street

PO Box 2363 Khartoum Sudan E-mail delegation-sudan-hoceeaseuropaeu

For the Organisation

United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO) Deputy to the Director General

Office of the Deputy to the Director General

Vienna International Centre PO Box 300 A-1400 Vienna Austria E-mail DDGunidoorg

54 Ordinary mail shall be deemed to have been received on the date on which it is officially registered at the address referred to above

55 The contact point within the Organisation which shall have the appropriate powers to cooperate directly with the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) in order to facilitate the latters operational activities shall

be

For the attention of the Office of Internal Oversight and Ethics (ODGIOE) United Nations Industrial Development Organization

Vienna International Centre PO Box 300 A-1400 Vienna Austria

56 All exchanges concerning the Early Detection and Exclusion System shall take place between the Contracting Authority and the authorised person designated by the Organisation which is stated in

Article 53

Article 6 - Annexes 61 The following documents are annexed to these Special Conditions and form an integral part of the

Agreement Annex I Description of the Action (including the Logical Framework of the Action) Annex II General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements (Part III on P A Grant

Agreements does not apply) Annex III Budget for the Action Annex IV Financial Identification Form Annex V Standard Request for Payment

Annex VI Communication and Visibility Plan

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Special Conclitions Delegation Agreement Page 3

62 In the event of a conflict between the present Special Conditions and any Annex thereto the provisions

of the Special Conditions shall take precedence In the event of a conflict between the provisions of

Annex II General Conditions and those of the other Annexes the provisions of Annex II General Conditions shall take precedence

Article 7 - Additional specific conditions applying to the Action

71 The following shall supplement the General Conditions

For costs of a project office

71 1 Vhere the implementation of the Action requires the setting up or the use of one or more project offices the Organisation may declare as eligible direct costs the capitalised and operating costs of the structure if all the following conditions are fulfilled a) They comply with the cost eligibility cri teria referred to in Article 181 of Annex II b) They fall within one of the following categories

i) costs of staff including administration and management staff directly assigned to the operations of the project office The tasks listed in the Description of the Action (Annex 1) undertaken by staff assigned to the project office will be directly attributable to the implementation of the Act ion

ii) travel and subsistence costs for taff and other persons directly assigned to the operations of the project office

iii) depreciation costs rental costs or lease of equipment and assets composing the project office

iv) costs of maintenance and repair contracts specifically awarded for the operations of the project office

v) costs of consumables and supplies specifically purchased for the operations of the project office

vi) costs of fT and telecommunication services specifically purchased for the operations of the project office

vii) costs of energy and water spec ifically supplied for the operations of the project office viii) costs of facility management contracts including security fees and insurance costs

specifically awarded for the operations of the project office c) The rganisation declares the eligible direct costs of the project office as actual costs or for staff

costs on the basis of unit costs determined by the Organisation according to its usual accounting practice

d) The rgan isation declares as eligible only the portion of the capitalised and operating costs of project office which corresponds to the duration of the Action and

i) the rate of actual use of project office for the purposes of the Action or ii) the rate of use of a project office for the purposes of the Action determined by the

Organisation on the basis of a simpl ified allocation method provided that the allocation method is compliant with th Organ isation usual accounting and management practices applied in a consistent manner regardless of the source of fun ding and based on an objective fair and reliable allocat ion key

Done in Khartoum in three originals in the English language two for the Contracting Authority and one for the

Organisation

For the Organisation For the Contracting Authority

Name Khaled EI Mekwad Name Jean-Michel DUMOND

Position UN IDO Representative in Sudan Position EU Head f Delegation to Sudan

Signature

~t~1--

PAGoDA 2 - ~cembeT 20 1 Special Condition Delegation Agreement Page 4

ANNEX I

Description of th Action

t~ll UNIDO ~~~ -~

UNITED NATIONS INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATION PROJECT DOCUMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE SUDAN1

to the

Poverty nUU_L1~ through Productive

3 years f-----------------------j------------ shy

Khartoum State the Sudan

Ia6 agencies

cooperating

- Ministry of Human Development and Labour Khartoum State - Vocational Training amp Entrepreneurship (Employment) Centres Khartoum State

Ministry of nmlfYV

- Ministry of General Education - The Vocational

- Ministry of Industry

and Apprenticeship

- The National Council for Technical and Technological Education

- Relevant nrnPltrt-ngtn

_ I Note The Republic of the Sudan is the official name of the country Sudan without article will be used throughout the document to facilitate the readingjlow

I Page

5 TABLE of CONTENT

ATHE

AI 5

AII A Baseline Scenario 9

Al2 Recent Economic Trends 12

AI3 Key Interventions 14

Al4 Problems to be addressed 16

A2 Institutions and actors involved 18

A3 Origin project 20

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE 23

THE 24

ClObjective of the Project 24

C2 UNIDO approach 28

C3 Thematic Area and Code 32

CA lllll-IC 33

CS Risks 33

C6 Sustainability 34

C7 Gender Mainstreaming 34

CS Communication and Visibility 35

D BUDGET 36

DI Counterpart inputs 36

D2 UNIDO Inputs 36

E MONITORING REPORTING AND EVALUATION 38

El Reporting 39

E2 Monitoring 39

E3 Evaluation 40

F PRIOR OBLIGATIONS AND PREREQUISITES 41

G LEGAL CONTEXT 41

H ANNEXES 41

ANNEX A - LOGICAL

ANNEX B - RISK MANAGEMENT MA TRIX 46

ANNEX C - GENDER MATRIX 47

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES 49

31 g e

42

A THE CONTEXT

AI Background

Sudans economy South Sudans secession with the loss of 75 oil revenue resulting in a FUUj GDP contraction more than offsetting the loss of 21 of the population compounded by lack of

economic and sanctions and an unsustainable external of over US$ formidable stemming from a weak high unemployment soaring inflation high

deficit continuing sanctions binding international borrowing constrains are further exacerbated by the unrestricted flow of from neighboring positive attitude TAnltl

Hbull olt sustainable sources livelihoods Sudan is not an act of charity but an act of

The heavy inflow of is due to Sudans location at a crossroad between Africa North Africa and the Arabian Peninsula serving as the transit point at the centre the migratory route linking Africa with Libya Egypt and eventually Europe Hundreds of migrants asylum-seekers and refugees are transiting through Sudan every month Traffickers and smugglers are operating within the country About 31 million people are internally displaced (IDMC 2015) and almost 367000 are and asylum (UNHCR Jan 2016)

More specifically according to recent UNHCR reports the Kassala camps alone provide shelter to thousands of refugees from Eritrea Many of these migrants are taking further the perilous routes from the camps to Khartoum to third countries North Africa Libya Tunisia) to It is known that many and Sudanese are passing through the hands ruthless and dangerous smugglers to migrate Returning to their countries or original communities is currently nowhere in sight According to EU 2014 data there are approx 47000 Eritrean refugees who have entered Europe and many more are lined up Sudan through This number IS high one considers that the total Eritrean popUlation was approx 6 million With little hope for future working outside country are to families as a major source of income for those left behind

It should be noted that according to UNHCR (Jan 2016) Sudan is representmg the largest of in the are

~Ylr~ with 101 which 89909 in 9 camps the Kassala and Gedaref Girba locality has the concentration of refugee camps (Kilo 26 Girba I II and

III) and hosts over 45000 (62 of Sudans population in Kassala State) Trafficking kidnapping and of persons are of major concerns Children women are the most exposed to trafficking and smuggling to the risk of sexual violence

The protracted refugee situation and continuous influx of new arrivals in Sudan put continuous pressure on host communities and their absorption capacity in terms of basic services natural resources livelihoods economic opportunities Around 80 per cent of the Eritreans that are registered by UNHCR in Sudan move onwards within a period of two months to Khartoum Libya or possibly to Europe in the pursuit better opportunities In Khartoum more than two-thirds migrants do not have access to valid stay permits and documentation and consequently to asylum procedures and protection The enforced encampment policy makes obtaining a or work recognized very difficult to conditions in Sudan are competing mixed communities in the informal sector Many communities are to in the urban and areas ofOmdurman Salam Umbadda Mayo Avlia and Wad el Bashir

51Page

women

(infonnally) employed in agriculture by local fanners for very low wages This is accepted by the authorities It is unclear if refugees are in need of work pennits unqualified labor (such as in the agricultural infonnal sector) In this four Vocational and (VTECs)2 are present Khartoum and could be used to support and provide to the migrant and the urban areas (in and around Khartoum) as well as to develop livelihoodeconomic opportunities four major centers are closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas of Omdunnan Dares Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir areas covered by VTECS of Kerary Hag Yousif and Khartoum South

Context speaks volumes of the need for external assistance as evidenced by the deliberations of the Valletta Summit on Migration held from 11-12 November 2015 in the capital of Malta participants evoked the Joint Declaration on Migration and Development of 2006 the Declaration on Migration and Mobility of 2014 the United Nations 2030 for Sustainable Development Declarations the Ministerial of the Rabat Process and of the Khartoum Process on 27 November and 28 November 2014 respectively Summit concerns with the sharp increase in flows asylum seekers and irregular migrants leading to sufferings abuse and exploitation the worst victims being children and women and an unacceptable loss of lives in the desert or in the Mediterranean Sea The crisis of huge magnitude places the most affected countries under severe pressure with serious humanitarian consequences and security challenges It was agreed that the first priority in this context was to save lives and take all necessary measures to rescue and protect the migrants whose lives are at risk and to provide them with new opportunities

light of background the proposed intervention in the Sudan to be funded through the established EU Fund on Migration would in line with its political declaration to address the root causes of irregular

migration and displacement from to in full for hll1nln

of taking into account national legislations and specificities Through its development cooperation Action EU together with the Sudan UNIDO and other development partners are following a building and people-centred approach and have scaled up to contribute to a more inclusive SOCIO-

economic environment while exploring viable avenues to deepen engagement in addressing the of migration

This proposed Action set out in this project document is part of the Regional Development and Protection Programme (RDPP) in Sudan which aims to develop evidence-based innovative and sustainable approaches in close partnership with governments of the region including the to address the above-mentioned challenges in a more structural manner with practical insight and foresight

self-reliance opportunities and integrated service delivery and building the capacity of local for the delivery of such

and their host communities will benefit from a and more livelihoods opportunities

The intervention logic of this proposed Action is that by improving protection

the incentives for

As indicated above the overall purpose of the Action is to contribute to the overall RDPP objective to support the creation ofan evidence-based innovative and sustainable development and protection solution for refugees

2 The 4 VTCs were established by the UNIDO and the EU in Khartoum State (2010) ie Khartoum 1 Kerary Yousif Haifait and Khartoum South 3 Sudan does not only benefit from other actions under the EU Emergency Trust Fund for Africa in particular from a pound15 million development and protection programme for and host communities in Eastern Sudan and Khartoum but also from a regional project worth pound40 million to improve the capacity ofcountries along the Eastern Migratory Route and to better manage migration The Summit commitments and actions aim to facilitate progress of the dialogue on migration that the EU has with the Sudan both at bilateral level and at level under the Khartoum process

7 II age

UAUgtgt

AI1 Baseline Scenario

Overall education and training have affected by internal and external and lack of social investment The access to education and obtained by displaced persons migrants and refugees As a government education institutions non-governmental as well as intergovernmental organizations such as the have made efforts to ensure quality education for several target groups In 2014 discussions with the Ministry of Education and the TVET sector aimed at mainstreaming and guidelines related to education in situations emergency and SnG 4 which aims at

the relevance effectiveness of the education with a programmatic focus on ensuring and quality education for all and lifelong 1UUlt1I5

Within the above framework vocational training courses are destined to playa crucial role In this pursuit action will in particular focus on vocational technical education and apprenticeship using the sector of Sudan as a viable avenue The current situation and status of that this training is provided through VTCs by both governmental and private centres set up by unionsfederations (eg the craft union and the union) or national utilities the railways Project and Nile Transportation) and centrally run technically and administratively 5 centers (all Khartoum) while technically other centres There are 41 public and private VTCs in Sudan 27 of them (66) are in Khartoum Seventeen (17) out of the 19 are private and 10 of are public (895 and 455 respectively)located in Khartoum while several states (Wilayat) do not have any VTC (eg Northern Nile River Sanar and Gadarif) offer short courses (upgrading and initial) and apprenticeship programme as well as skills testing Apprentices spend normally two

in (VTC) centre and one work-based Many centers are built andor equipped and with Malaysian Turkish or other donors Applicants to in

apprenticeship are general higher than the capacity of the programme (double as much the capacity) and applicants may have to wait a year for the next call for application The number of graduates from the VTCs annually is slightly less than the number of graduates from secondary technical education and both are less than those graduating from craft institutes

According to UNESCO 2011 data the of gnlQUlattS can compared as follows

number ofgraduates from VTCs was 305 compared to those from Craft institutions offering some form of vocational training 37 Total numbers ofboys (VTCs) was 1601 while the total number ofgirls (VTCs) was 30 Total number of boys from Craft Institutions was 1839 while only 16 girls finished the training These figures are very low if we consider the human resources needs to be addressed in an economy which needs growth VTCs (both public and private ones) train for 17 occupations (2011 data) but enrollment substantially differs for example with a range from 3 in printing to 327 in depending on the choice oftrainees occupation and type ofcenter (public or private)

Electricity (64 private) General Mechanics (100 private) Auto Electric (1 private)

Welding (162 private) Turning ( 162) Refrigeration and con(458 private)

Drawing (20 private) Computers (100 public)

4 Source General Secretariat SCVTA (201 J) as mentioned in MoHRDamp L (December 20J3) Status rvET in light of the survey results and labour market Khartoum (p20) Source MoHRDamp L (December 2013) Status ofrvET in light ofthe survey results and labor market Khartoum (p19)34)

91 a g cO

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

ANNEX I

Description of th Action

t~ll UNIDO ~~~ -~

UNITED NATIONS INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATION PROJECT DOCUMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE SUDAN1

to the

Poverty nUU_L1~ through Productive

3 years f-----------------------j------------ shy

Khartoum State the Sudan

Ia6 agencies

cooperating

- Ministry of Human Development and Labour Khartoum State - Vocational Training amp Entrepreneurship (Employment) Centres Khartoum State

Ministry of nmlfYV

- Ministry of General Education - The Vocational

- Ministry of Industry

and Apprenticeship

- The National Council for Technical and Technological Education

- Relevant nrnPltrt-ngtn

_ I Note The Republic of the Sudan is the official name of the country Sudan without article will be used throughout the document to facilitate the readingjlow

I Page

5 TABLE of CONTENT

ATHE

AI 5

AII A Baseline Scenario 9

Al2 Recent Economic Trends 12

AI3 Key Interventions 14

Al4 Problems to be addressed 16

A2 Institutions and actors involved 18

A3 Origin project 20

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE 23

THE 24

ClObjective of the Project 24

C2 UNIDO approach 28

C3 Thematic Area and Code 32

CA lllll-IC 33

CS Risks 33

C6 Sustainability 34

C7 Gender Mainstreaming 34

CS Communication and Visibility 35

D BUDGET 36

DI Counterpart inputs 36

D2 UNIDO Inputs 36

E MONITORING REPORTING AND EVALUATION 38

El Reporting 39

E2 Monitoring 39

E3 Evaluation 40

F PRIOR OBLIGATIONS AND PREREQUISITES 41

G LEGAL CONTEXT 41

H ANNEXES 41

ANNEX A - LOGICAL

ANNEX B - RISK MANAGEMENT MA TRIX 46

ANNEX C - GENDER MATRIX 47

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES 49

31 g e

42

A THE CONTEXT

AI Background

Sudans economy South Sudans secession with the loss of 75 oil revenue resulting in a FUUj GDP contraction more than offsetting the loss of 21 of the population compounded by lack of

economic and sanctions and an unsustainable external of over US$ formidable stemming from a weak high unemployment soaring inflation high

deficit continuing sanctions binding international borrowing constrains are further exacerbated by the unrestricted flow of from neighboring positive attitude TAnltl

Hbull olt sustainable sources livelihoods Sudan is not an act of charity but an act of

The heavy inflow of is due to Sudans location at a crossroad between Africa North Africa and the Arabian Peninsula serving as the transit point at the centre the migratory route linking Africa with Libya Egypt and eventually Europe Hundreds of migrants asylum-seekers and refugees are transiting through Sudan every month Traffickers and smugglers are operating within the country About 31 million people are internally displaced (IDMC 2015) and almost 367000 are and asylum (UNHCR Jan 2016)

More specifically according to recent UNHCR reports the Kassala camps alone provide shelter to thousands of refugees from Eritrea Many of these migrants are taking further the perilous routes from the camps to Khartoum to third countries North Africa Libya Tunisia) to It is known that many and Sudanese are passing through the hands ruthless and dangerous smugglers to migrate Returning to their countries or original communities is currently nowhere in sight According to EU 2014 data there are approx 47000 Eritrean refugees who have entered Europe and many more are lined up Sudan through This number IS high one considers that the total Eritrean popUlation was approx 6 million With little hope for future working outside country are to families as a major source of income for those left behind

It should be noted that according to UNHCR (Jan 2016) Sudan is representmg the largest of in the are

~Ylr~ with 101 which 89909 in 9 camps the Kassala and Gedaref Girba locality has the concentration of refugee camps (Kilo 26 Girba I II and

III) and hosts over 45000 (62 of Sudans population in Kassala State) Trafficking kidnapping and of persons are of major concerns Children women are the most exposed to trafficking and smuggling to the risk of sexual violence

The protracted refugee situation and continuous influx of new arrivals in Sudan put continuous pressure on host communities and their absorption capacity in terms of basic services natural resources livelihoods economic opportunities Around 80 per cent of the Eritreans that are registered by UNHCR in Sudan move onwards within a period of two months to Khartoum Libya or possibly to Europe in the pursuit better opportunities In Khartoum more than two-thirds migrants do not have access to valid stay permits and documentation and consequently to asylum procedures and protection The enforced encampment policy makes obtaining a or work recognized very difficult to conditions in Sudan are competing mixed communities in the informal sector Many communities are to in the urban and areas ofOmdurman Salam Umbadda Mayo Avlia and Wad el Bashir

51Page

women

(infonnally) employed in agriculture by local fanners for very low wages This is accepted by the authorities It is unclear if refugees are in need of work pennits unqualified labor (such as in the agricultural infonnal sector) In this four Vocational and (VTECs)2 are present Khartoum and could be used to support and provide to the migrant and the urban areas (in and around Khartoum) as well as to develop livelihoodeconomic opportunities four major centers are closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas of Omdunnan Dares Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir areas covered by VTECS of Kerary Hag Yousif and Khartoum South

Context speaks volumes of the need for external assistance as evidenced by the deliberations of the Valletta Summit on Migration held from 11-12 November 2015 in the capital of Malta participants evoked the Joint Declaration on Migration and Development of 2006 the Declaration on Migration and Mobility of 2014 the United Nations 2030 for Sustainable Development Declarations the Ministerial of the Rabat Process and of the Khartoum Process on 27 November and 28 November 2014 respectively Summit concerns with the sharp increase in flows asylum seekers and irregular migrants leading to sufferings abuse and exploitation the worst victims being children and women and an unacceptable loss of lives in the desert or in the Mediterranean Sea The crisis of huge magnitude places the most affected countries under severe pressure with serious humanitarian consequences and security challenges It was agreed that the first priority in this context was to save lives and take all necessary measures to rescue and protect the migrants whose lives are at risk and to provide them with new opportunities

light of background the proposed intervention in the Sudan to be funded through the established EU Fund on Migration would in line with its political declaration to address the root causes of irregular

migration and displacement from to in full for hll1nln

of taking into account national legislations and specificities Through its development cooperation Action EU together with the Sudan UNIDO and other development partners are following a building and people-centred approach and have scaled up to contribute to a more inclusive SOCIO-

economic environment while exploring viable avenues to deepen engagement in addressing the of migration

This proposed Action set out in this project document is part of the Regional Development and Protection Programme (RDPP) in Sudan which aims to develop evidence-based innovative and sustainable approaches in close partnership with governments of the region including the to address the above-mentioned challenges in a more structural manner with practical insight and foresight

self-reliance opportunities and integrated service delivery and building the capacity of local for the delivery of such

and their host communities will benefit from a and more livelihoods opportunities

The intervention logic of this proposed Action is that by improving protection

the incentives for

As indicated above the overall purpose of the Action is to contribute to the overall RDPP objective to support the creation ofan evidence-based innovative and sustainable development and protection solution for refugees

2 The 4 VTCs were established by the UNIDO and the EU in Khartoum State (2010) ie Khartoum 1 Kerary Yousif Haifait and Khartoum South 3 Sudan does not only benefit from other actions under the EU Emergency Trust Fund for Africa in particular from a pound15 million development and protection programme for and host communities in Eastern Sudan and Khartoum but also from a regional project worth pound40 million to improve the capacity ofcountries along the Eastern Migratory Route and to better manage migration The Summit commitments and actions aim to facilitate progress of the dialogue on migration that the EU has with the Sudan both at bilateral level and at level under the Khartoum process

7 II age

UAUgtgt

AI1 Baseline Scenario

Overall education and training have affected by internal and external and lack of social investment The access to education and obtained by displaced persons migrants and refugees As a government education institutions non-governmental as well as intergovernmental organizations such as the have made efforts to ensure quality education for several target groups In 2014 discussions with the Ministry of Education and the TVET sector aimed at mainstreaming and guidelines related to education in situations emergency and SnG 4 which aims at

the relevance effectiveness of the education with a programmatic focus on ensuring and quality education for all and lifelong 1UUlt1I5

Within the above framework vocational training courses are destined to playa crucial role In this pursuit action will in particular focus on vocational technical education and apprenticeship using the sector of Sudan as a viable avenue The current situation and status of that this training is provided through VTCs by both governmental and private centres set up by unionsfederations (eg the craft union and the union) or national utilities the railways Project and Nile Transportation) and centrally run technically and administratively 5 centers (all Khartoum) while technically other centres There are 41 public and private VTCs in Sudan 27 of them (66) are in Khartoum Seventeen (17) out of the 19 are private and 10 of are public (895 and 455 respectively)located in Khartoum while several states (Wilayat) do not have any VTC (eg Northern Nile River Sanar and Gadarif) offer short courses (upgrading and initial) and apprenticeship programme as well as skills testing Apprentices spend normally two

in (VTC) centre and one work-based Many centers are built andor equipped and with Malaysian Turkish or other donors Applicants to in

apprenticeship are general higher than the capacity of the programme (double as much the capacity) and applicants may have to wait a year for the next call for application The number of graduates from the VTCs annually is slightly less than the number of graduates from secondary technical education and both are less than those graduating from craft institutes

According to UNESCO 2011 data the of gnlQUlattS can compared as follows

number ofgraduates from VTCs was 305 compared to those from Craft institutions offering some form of vocational training 37 Total numbers ofboys (VTCs) was 1601 while the total number ofgirls (VTCs) was 30 Total number of boys from Craft Institutions was 1839 while only 16 girls finished the training These figures are very low if we consider the human resources needs to be addressed in an economy which needs growth VTCs (both public and private ones) train for 17 occupations (2011 data) but enrollment substantially differs for example with a range from 3 in printing to 327 in depending on the choice oftrainees occupation and type ofcenter (public or private)

Electricity (64 private) General Mechanics (100 private) Auto Electric (1 private)

Welding (162 private) Turning ( 162) Refrigeration and con(458 private)

Drawing (20 private) Computers (100 public)

4 Source General Secretariat SCVTA (201 J) as mentioned in MoHRDamp L (December 20J3) Status rvET in light of the survey results and labour market Khartoum (p20) Source MoHRDamp L (December 2013) Status ofrvET in light ofthe survey results and labor market Khartoum (p19)34)

91 a g cO

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

t~ll UNIDO ~~~ -~

UNITED NATIONS INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATION PROJECT DOCUMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE SUDAN1

to the

Poverty nUU_L1~ through Productive

3 years f-----------------------j------------ shy

Khartoum State the Sudan

Ia6 agencies

cooperating

- Ministry of Human Development and Labour Khartoum State - Vocational Training amp Entrepreneurship (Employment) Centres Khartoum State

Ministry of nmlfYV

- Ministry of General Education - The Vocational

- Ministry of Industry

and Apprenticeship

- The National Council for Technical and Technological Education

- Relevant nrnPltrt-ngtn

_ I Note The Republic of the Sudan is the official name of the country Sudan without article will be used throughout the document to facilitate the readingjlow

I Page

5 TABLE of CONTENT

ATHE

AI 5

AII A Baseline Scenario 9

Al2 Recent Economic Trends 12

AI3 Key Interventions 14

Al4 Problems to be addressed 16

A2 Institutions and actors involved 18

A3 Origin project 20

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE 23

THE 24

ClObjective of the Project 24

C2 UNIDO approach 28

C3 Thematic Area and Code 32

CA lllll-IC 33

CS Risks 33

C6 Sustainability 34

C7 Gender Mainstreaming 34

CS Communication and Visibility 35

D BUDGET 36

DI Counterpart inputs 36

D2 UNIDO Inputs 36

E MONITORING REPORTING AND EVALUATION 38

El Reporting 39

E2 Monitoring 39

E3 Evaluation 40

F PRIOR OBLIGATIONS AND PREREQUISITES 41

G LEGAL CONTEXT 41

H ANNEXES 41

ANNEX A - LOGICAL

ANNEX B - RISK MANAGEMENT MA TRIX 46

ANNEX C - GENDER MATRIX 47

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES 49

31 g e

42

A THE CONTEXT

AI Background

Sudans economy South Sudans secession with the loss of 75 oil revenue resulting in a FUUj GDP contraction more than offsetting the loss of 21 of the population compounded by lack of

economic and sanctions and an unsustainable external of over US$ formidable stemming from a weak high unemployment soaring inflation high

deficit continuing sanctions binding international borrowing constrains are further exacerbated by the unrestricted flow of from neighboring positive attitude TAnltl

Hbull olt sustainable sources livelihoods Sudan is not an act of charity but an act of

The heavy inflow of is due to Sudans location at a crossroad between Africa North Africa and the Arabian Peninsula serving as the transit point at the centre the migratory route linking Africa with Libya Egypt and eventually Europe Hundreds of migrants asylum-seekers and refugees are transiting through Sudan every month Traffickers and smugglers are operating within the country About 31 million people are internally displaced (IDMC 2015) and almost 367000 are and asylum (UNHCR Jan 2016)

More specifically according to recent UNHCR reports the Kassala camps alone provide shelter to thousands of refugees from Eritrea Many of these migrants are taking further the perilous routes from the camps to Khartoum to third countries North Africa Libya Tunisia) to It is known that many and Sudanese are passing through the hands ruthless and dangerous smugglers to migrate Returning to their countries or original communities is currently nowhere in sight According to EU 2014 data there are approx 47000 Eritrean refugees who have entered Europe and many more are lined up Sudan through This number IS high one considers that the total Eritrean popUlation was approx 6 million With little hope for future working outside country are to families as a major source of income for those left behind

It should be noted that according to UNHCR (Jan 2016) Sudan is representmg the largest of in the are

~Ylr~ with 101 which 89909 in 9 camps the Kassala and Gedaref Girba locality has the concentration of refugee camps (Kilo 26 Girba I II and

III) and hosts over 45000 (62 of Sudans population in Kassala State) Trafficking kidnapping and of persons are of major concerns Children women are the most exposed to trafficking and smuggling to the risk of sexual violence

The protracted refugee situation and continuous influx of new arrivals in Sudan put continuous pressure on host communities and their absorption capacity in terms of basic services natural resources livelihoods economic opportunities Around 80 per cent of the Eritreans that are registered by UNHCR in Sudan move onwards within a period of two months to Khartoum Libya or possibly to Europe in the pursuit better opportunities In Khartoum more than two-thirds migrants do not have access to valid stay permits and documentation and consequently to asylum procedures and protection The enforced encampment policy makes obtaining a or work recognized very difficult to conditions in Sudan are competing mixed communities in the informal sector Many communities are to in the urban and areas ofOmdurman Salam Umbadda Mayo Avlia and Wad el Bashir

51Page

women

(infonnally) employed in agriculture by local fanners for very low wages This is accepted by the authorities It is unclear if refugees are in need of work pennits unqualified labor (such as in the agricultural infonnal sector) In this four Vocational and (VTECs)2 are present Khartoum and could be used to support and provide to the migrant and the urban areas (in and around Khartoum) as well as to develop livelihoodeconomic opportunities four major centers are closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas of Omdunnan Dares Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir areas covered by VTECS of Kerary Hag Yousif and Khartoum South

Context speaks volumes of the need for external assistance as evidenced by the deliberations of the Valletta Summit on Migration held from 11-12 November 2015 in the capital of Malta participants evoked the Joint Declaration on Migration and Development of 2006 the Declaration on Migration and Mobility of 2014 the United Nations 2030 for Sustainable Development Declarations the Ministerial of the Rabat Process and of the Khartoum Process on 27 November and 28 November 2014 respectively Summit concerns with the sharp increase in flows asylum seekers and irregular migrants leading to sufferings abuse and exploitation the worst victims being children and women and an unacceptable loss of lives in the desert or in the Mediterranean Sea The crisis of huge magnitude places the most affected countries under severe pressure with serious humanitarian consequences and security challenges It was agreed that the first priority in this context was to save lives and take all necessary measures to rescue and protect the migrants whose lives are at risk and to provide them with new opportunities

light of background the proposed intervention in the Sudan to be funded through the established EU Fund on Migration would in line with its political declaration to address the root causes of irregular

migration and displacement from to in full for hll1nln

of taking into account national legislations and specificities Through its development cooperation Action EU together with the Sudan UNIDO and other development partners are following a building and people-centred approach and have scaled up to contribute to a more inclusive SOCIO-

economic environment while exploring viable avenues to deepen engagement in addressing the of migration

This proposed Action set out in this project document is part of the Regional Development and Protection Programme (RDPP) in Sudan which aims to develop evidence-based innovative and sustainable approaches in close partnership with governments of the region including the to address the above-mentioned challenges in a more structural manner with practical insight and foresight

self-reliance opportunities and integrated service delivery and building the capacity of local for the delivery of such

and their host communities will benefit from a and more livelihoods opportunities

The intervention logic of this proposed Action is that by improving protection

the incentives for

As indicated above the overall purpose of the Action is to contribute to the overall RDPP objective to support the creation ofan evidence-based innovative and sustainable development and protection solution for refugees

2 The 4 VTCs were established by the UNIDO and the EU in Khartoum State (2010) ie Khartoum 1 Kerary Yousif Haifait and Khartoum South 3 Sudan does not only benefit from other actions under the EU Emergency Trust Fund for Africa in particular from a pound15 million development and protection programme for and host communities in Eastern Sudan and Khartoum but also from a regional project worth pound40 million to improve the capacity ofcountries along the Eastern Migratory Route and to better manage migration The Summit commitments and actions aim to facilitate progress of the dialogue on migration that the EU has with the Sudan both at bilateral level and at level under the Khartoum process

7 II age

UAUgtgt

AI1 Baseline Scenario

Overall education and training have affected by internal and external and lack of social investment The access to education and obtained by displaced persons migrants and refugees As a government education institutions non-governmental as well as intergovernmental organizations such as the have made efforts to ensure quality education for several target groups In 2014 discussions with the Ministry of Education and the TVET sector aimed at mainstreaming and guidelines related to education in situations emergency and SnG 4 which aims at

the relevance effectiveness of the education with a programmatic focus on ensuring and quality education for all and lifelong 1UUlt1I5

Within the above framework vocational training courses are destined to playa crucial role In this pursuit action will in particular focus on vocational technical education and apprenticeship using the sector of Sudan as a viable avenue The current situation and status of that this training is provided through VTCs by both governmental and private centres set up by unionsfederations (eg the craft union and the union) or national utilities the railways Project and Nile Transportation) and centrally run technically and administratively 5 centers (all Khartoum) while technically other centres There are 41 public and private VTCs in Sudan 27 of them (66) are in Khartoum Seventeen (17) out of the 19 are private and 10 of are public (895 and 455 respectively)located in Khartoum while several states (Wilayat) do not have any VTC (eg Northern Nile River Sanar and Gadarif) offer short courses (upgrading and initial) and apprenticeship programme as well as skills testing Apprentices spend normally two

in (VTC) centre and one work-based Many centers are built andor equipped and with Malaysian Turkish or other donors Applicants to in

apprenticeship are general higher than the capacity of the programme (double as much the capacity) and applicants may have to wait a year for the next call for application The number of graduates from the VTCs annually is slightly less than the number of graduates from secondary technical education and both are less than those graduating from craft institutes

According to UNESCO 2011 data the of gnlQUlattS can compared as follows

number ofgraduates from VTCs was 305 compared to those from Craft institutions offering some form of vocational training 37 Total numbers ofboys (VTCs) was 1601 while the total number ofgirls (VTCs) was 30 Total number of boys from Craft Institutions was 1839 while only 16 girls finished the training These figures are very low if we consider the human resources needs to be addressed in an economy which needs growth VTCs (both public and private ones) train for 17 occupations (2011 data) but enrollment substantially differs for example with a range from 3 in printing to 327 in depending on the choice oftrainees occupation and type ofcenter (public or private)

Electricity (64 private) General Mechanics (100 private) Auto Electric (1 private)

Welding (162 private) Turning ( 162) Refrigeration and con(458 private)

Drawing (20 private) Computers (100 public)

4 Source General Secretariat SCVTA (201 J) as mentioned in MoHRDamp L (December 20J3) Status rvET in light of the survey results and labour market Khartoum (p20) Source MoHRDamp L (December 2013) Status ofrvET in light ofthe survey results and labor market Khartoum (p19)34)

91 a g cO

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

5 TABLE of CONTENT

ATHE

AI 5

AII A Baseline Scenario 9

Al2 Recent Economic Trends 12

AI3 Key Interventions 14

Al4 Problems to be addressed 16

A2 Institutions and actors involved 18

A3 Origin project 20

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE 23

THE 24

ClObjective of the Project 24

C2 UNIDO approach 28

C3 Thematic Area and Code 32

CA lllll-IC 33

CS Risks 33

C6 Sustainability 34

C7 Gender Mainstreaming 34

CS Communication and Visibility 35

D BUDGET 36

DI Counterpart inputs 36

D2 UNIDO Inputs 36

E MONITORING REPORTING AND EVALUATION 38

El Reporting 39

E2 Monitoring 39

E3 Evaluation 40

F PRIOR OBLIGATIONS AND PREREQUISITES 41

G LEGAL CONTEXT 41

H ANNEXES 41

ANNEX A - LOGICAL

ANNEX B - RISK MANAGEMENT MA TRIX 46

ANNEX C - GENDER MATRIX 47

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES 49

31 g e

42

A THE CONTEXT

AI Background

Sudans economy South Sudans secession with the loss of 75 oil revenue resulting in a FUUj GDP contraction more than offsetting the loss of 21 of the population compounded by lack of

economic and sanctions and an unsustainable external of over US$ formidable stemming from a weak high unemployment soaring inflation high

deficit continuing sanctions binding international borrowing constrains are further exacerbated by the unrestricted flow of from neighboring positive attitude TAnltl

Hbull olt sustainable sources livelihoods Sudan is not an act of charity but an act of

The heavy inflow of is due to Sudans location at a crossroad between Africa North Africa and the Arabian Peninsula serving as the transit point at the centre the migratory route linking Africa with Libya Egypt and eventually Europe Hundreds of migrants asylum-seekers and refugees are transiting through Sudan every month Traffickers and smugglers are operating within the country About 31 million people are internally displaced (IDMC 2015) and almost 367000 are and asylum (UNHCR Jan 2016)

More specifically according to recent UNHCR reports the Kassala camps alone provide shelter to thousands of refugees from Eritrea Many of these migrants are taking further the perilous routes from the camps to Khartoum to third countries North Africa Libya Tunisia) to It is known that many and Sudanese are passing through the hands ruthless and dangerous smugglers to migrate Returning to their countries or original communities is currently nowhere in sight According to EU 2014 data there are approx 47000 Eritrean refugees who have entered Europe and many more are lined up Sudan through This number IS high one considers that the total Eritrean popUlation was approx 6 million With little hope for future working outside country are to families as a major source of income for those left behind

It should be noted that according to UNHCR (Jan 2016) Sudan is representmg the largest of in the are

~Ylr~ with 101 which 89909 in 9 camps the Kassala and Gedaref Girba locality has the concentration of refugee camps (Kilo 26 Girba I II and

III) and hosts over 45000 (62 of Sudans population in Kassala State) Trafficking kidnapping and of persons are of major concerns Children women are the most exposed to trafficking and smuggling to the risk of sexual violence

The protracted refugee situation and continuous influx of new arrivals in Sudan put continuous pressure on host communities and their absorption capacity in terms of basic services natural resources livelihoods economic opportunities Around 80 per cent of the Eritreans that are registered by UNHCR in Sudan move onwards within a period of two months to Khartoum Libya or possibly to Europe in the pursuit better opportunities In Khartoum more than two-thirds migrants do not have access to valid stay permits and documentation and consequently to asylum procedures and protection The enforced encampment policy makes obtaining a or work recognized very difficult to conditions in Sudan are competing mixed communities in the informal sector Many communities are to in the urban and areas ofOmdurman Salam Umbadda Mayo Avlia and Wad el Bashir

51Page

women

(infonnally) employed in agriculture by local fanners for very low wages This is accepted by the authorities It is unclear if refugees are in need of work pennits unqualified labor (such as in the agricultural infonnal sector) In this four Vocational and (VTECs)2 are present Khartoum and could be used to support and provide to the migrant and the urban areas (in and around Khartoum) as well as to develop livelihoodeconomic opportunities four major centers are closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas of Omdunnan Dares Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir areas covered by VTECS of Kerary Hag Yousif and Khartoum South

Context speaks volumes of the need for external assistance as evidenced by the deliberations of the Valletta Summit on Migration held from 11-12 November 2015 in the capital of Malta participants evoked the Joint Declaration on Migration and Development of 2006 the Declaration on Migration and Mobility of 2014 the United Nations 2030 for Sustainable Development Declarations the Ministerial of the Rabat Process and of the Khartoum Process on 27 November and 28 November 2014 respectively Summit concerns with the sharp increase in flows asylum seekers and irregular migrants leading to sufferings abuse and exploitation the worst victims being children and women and an unacceptable loss of lives in the desert or in the Mediterranean Sea The crisis of huge magnitude places the most affected countries under severe pressure with serious humanitarian consequences and security challenges It was agreed that the first priority in this context was to save lives and take all necessary measures to rescue and protect the migrants whose lives are at risk and to provide them with new opportunities

light of background the proposed intervention in the Sudan to be funded through the established EU Fund on Migration would in line with its political declaration to address the root causes of irregular

migration and displacement from to in full for hll1nln

of taking into account national legislations and specificities Through its development cooperation Action EU together with the Sudan UNIDO and other development partners are following a building and people-centred approach and have scaled up to contribute to a more inclusive SOCIO-

economic environment while exploring viable avenues to deepen engagement in addressing the of migration

This proposed Action set out in this project document is part of the Regional Development and Protection Programme (RDPP) in Sudan which aims to develop evidence-based innovative and sustainable approaches in close partnership with governments of the region including the to address the above-mentioned challenges in a more structural manner with practical insight and foresight

self-reliance opportunities and integrated service delivery and building the capacity of local for the delivery of such

and their host communities will benefit from a and more livelihoods opportunities

The intervention logic of this proposed Action is that by improving protection

the incentives for

As indicated above the overall purpose of the Action is to contribute to the overall RDPP objective to support the creation ofan evidence-based innovative and sustainable development and protection solution for refugees

2 The 4 VTCs were established by the UNIDO and the EU in Khartoum State (2010) ie Khartoum 1 Kerary Yousif Haifait and Khartoum South 3 Sudan does not only benefit from other actions under the EU Emergency Trust Fund for Africa in particular from a pound15 million development and protection programme for and host communities in Eastern Sudan and Khartoum but also from a regional project worth pound40 million to improve the capacity ofcountries along the Eastern Migratory Route and to better manage migration The Summit commitments and actions aim to facilitate progress of the dialogue on migration that the EU has with the Sudan both at bilateral level and at level under the Khartoum process

7 II age

UAUgtgt

AI1 Baseline Scenario

Overall education and training have affected by internal and external and lack of social investment The access to education and obtained by displaced persons migrants and refugees As a government education institutions non-governmental as well as intergovernmental organizations such as the have made efforts to ensure quality education for several target groups In 2014 discussions with the Ministry of Education and the TVET sector aimed at mainstreaming and guidelines related to education in situations emergency and SnG 4 which aims at

the relevance effectiveness of the education with a programmatic focus on ensuring and quality education for all and lifelong 1UUlt1I5

Within the above framework vocational training courses are destined to playa crucial role In this pursuit action will in particular focus on vocational technical education and apprenticeship using the sector of Sudan as a viable avenue The current situation and status of that this training is provided through VTCs by both governmental and private centres set up by unionsfederations (eg the craft union and the union) or national utilities the railways Project and Nile Transportation) and centrally run technically and administratively 5 centers (all Khartoum) while technically other centres There are 41 public and private VTCs in Sudan 27 of them (66) are in Khartoum Seventeen (17) out of the 19 are private and 10 of are public (895 and 455 respectively)located in Khartoum while several states (Wilayat) do not have any VTC (eg Northern Nile River Sanar and Gadarif) offer short courses (upgrading and initial) and apprenticeship programme as well as skills testing Apprentices spend normally two

in (VTC) centre and one work-based Many centers are built andor equipped and with Malaysian Turkish or other donors Applicants to in

apprenticeship are general higher than the capacity of the programme (double as much the capacity) and applicants may have to wait a year for the next call for application The number of graduates from the VTCs annually is slightly less than the number of graduates from secondary technical education and both are less than those graduating from craft institutes

According to UNESCO 2011 data the of gnlQUlattS can compared as follows

number ofgraduates from VTCs was 305 compared to those from Craft institutions offering some form of vocational training 37 Total numbers ofboys (VTCs) was 1601 while the total number ofgirls (VTCs) was 30 Total number of boys from Craft Institutions was 1839 while only 16 girls finished the training These figures are very low if we consider the human resources needs to be addressed in an economy which needs growth VTCs (both public and private ones) train for 17 occupations (2011 data) but enrollment substantially differs for example with a range from 3 in printing to 327 in depending on the choice oftrainees occupation and type ofcenter (public or private)

Electricity (64 private) General Mechanics (100 private) Auto Electric (1 private)

Welding (162 private) Turning ( 162) Refrigeration and con(458 private)

Drawing (20 private) Computers (100 public)

4 Source General Secretariat SCVTA (201 J) as mentioned in MoHRDamp L (December 20J3) Status rvET in light of the survey results and labour market Khartoum (p20) Source MoHRDamp L (December 2013) Status ofrvET in light ofthe survey results and labor market Khartoum (p19)34)

91 a g cO

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

A THE CONTEXT

AI Background

Sudans economy South Sudans secession with the loss of 75 oil revenue resulting in a FUUj GDP contraction more than offsetting the loss of 21 of the population compounded by lack of

economic and sanctions and an unsustainable external of over US$ formidable stemming from a weak high unemployment soaring inflation high

deficit continuing sanctions binding international borrowing constrains are further exacerbated by the unrestricted flow of from neighboring positive attitude TAnltl

Hbull olt sustainable sources livelihoods Sudan is not an act of charity but an act of

The heavy inflow of is due to Sudans location at a crossroad between Africa North Africa and the Arabian Peninsula serving as the transit point at the centre the migratory route linking Africa with Libya Egypt and eventually Europe Hundreds of migrants asylum-seekers and refugees are transiting through Sudan every month Traffickers and smugglers are operating within the country About 31 million people are internally displaced (IDMC 2015) and almost 367000 are and asylum (UNHCR Jan 2016)

More specifically according to recent UNHCR reports the Kassala camps alone provide shelter to thousands of refugees from Eritrea Many of these migrants are taking further the perilous routes from the camps to Khartoum to third countries North Africa Libya Tunisia) to It is known that many and Sudanese are passing through the hands ruthless and dangerous smugglers to migrate Returning to their countries or original communities is currently nowhere in sight According to EU 2014 data there are approx 47000 Eritrean refugees who have entered Europe and many more are lined up Sudan through This number IS high one considers that the total Eritrean popUlation was approx 6 million With little hope for future working outside country are to families as a major source of income for those left behind

It should be noted that according to UNHCR (Jan 2016) Sudan is representmg the largest of in the are

~Ylr~ with 101 which 89909 in 9 camps the Kassala and Gedaref Girba locality has the concentration of refugee camps (Kilo 26 Girba I II and

III) and hosts over 45000 (62 of Sudans population in Kassala State) Trafficking kidnapping and of persons are of major concerns Children women are the most exposed to trafficking and smuggling to the risk of sexual violence

The protracted refugee situation and continuous influx of new arrivals in Sudan put continuous pressure on host communities and their absorption capacity in terms of basic services natural resources livelihoods economic opportunities Around 80 per cent of the Eritreans that are registered by UNHCR in Sudan move onwards within a period of two months to Khartoum Libya or possibly to Europe in the pursuit better opportunities In Khartoum more than two-thirds migrants do not have access to valid stay permits and documentation and consequently to asylum procedures and protection The enforced encampment policy makes obtaining a or work recognized very difficult to conditions in Sudan are competing mixed communities in the informal sector Many communities are to in the urban and areas ofOmdurman Salam Umbadda Mayo Avlia and Wad el Bashir

51Page

women

(infonnally) employed in agriculture by local fanners for very low wages This is accepted by the authorities It is unclear if refugees are in need of work pennits unqualified labor (such as in the agricultural infonnal sector) In this four Vocational and (VTECs)2 are present Khartoum and could be used to support and provide to the migrant and the urban areas (in and around Khartoum) as well as to develop livelihoodeconomic opportunities four major centers are closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas of Omdunnan Dares Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir areas covered by VTECS of Kerary Hag Yousif and Khartoum South

Context speaks volumes of the need for external assistance as evidenced by the deliberations of the Valletta Summit on Migration held from 11-12 November 2015 in the capital of Malta participants evoked the Joint Declaration on Migration and Development of 2006 the Declaration on Migration and Mobility of 2014 the United Nations 2030 for Sustainable Development Declarations the Ministerial of the Rabat Process and of the Khartoum Process on 27 November and 28 November 2014 respectively Summit concerns with the sharp increase in flows asylum seekers and irregular migrants leading to sufferings abuse and exploitation the worst victims being children and women and an unacceptable loss of lives in the desert or in the Mediterranean Sea The crisis of huge magnitude places the most affected countries under severe pressure with serious humanitarian consequences and security challenges It was agreed that the first priority in this context was to save lives and take all necessary measures to rescue and protect the migrants whose lives are at risk and to provide them with new opportunities

light of background the proposed intervention in the Sudan to be funded through the established EU Fund on Migration would in line with its political declaration to address the root causes of irregular

migration and displacement from to in full for hll1nln

of taking into account national legislations and specificities Through its development cooperation Action EU together with the Sudan UNIDO and other development partners are following a building and people-centred approach and have scaled up to contribute to a more inclusive SOCIO-

economic environment while exploring viable avenues to deepen engagement in addressing the of migration

This proposed Action set out in this project document is part of the Regional Development and Protection Programme (RDPP) in Sudan which aims to develop evidence-based innovative and sustainable approaches in close partnership with governments of the region including the to address the above-mentioned challenges in a more structural manner with practical insight and foresight

self-reliance opportunities and integrated service delivery and building the capacity of local for the delivery of such

and their host communities will benefit from a and more livelihoods opportunities

The intervention logic of this proposed Action is that by improving protection

the incentives for

As indicated above the overall purpose of the Action is to contribute to the overall RDPP objective to support the creation ofan evidence-based innovative and sustainable development and protection solution for refugees

2 The 4 VTCs were established by the UNIDO and the EU in Khartoum State (2010) ie Khartoum 1 Kerary Yousif Haifait and Khartoum South 3 Sudan does not only benefit from other actions under the EU Emergency Trust Fund for Africa in particular from a pound15 million development and protection programme for and host communities in Eastern Sudan and Khartoum but also from a regional project worth pound40 million to improve the capacity ofcountries along the Eastern Migratory Route and to better manage migration The Summit commitments and actions aim to facilitate progress of the dialogue on migration that the EU has with the Sudan both at bilateral level and at level under the Khartoum process

7 II age

UAUgtgt

AI1 Baseline Scenario

Overall education and training have affected by internal and external and lack of social investment The access to education and obtained by displaced persons migrants and refugees As a government education institutions non-governmental as well as intergovernmental organizations such as the have made efforts to ensure quality education for several target groups In 2014 discussions with the Ministry of Education and the TVET sector aimed at mainstreaming and guidelines related to education in situations emergency and SnG 4 which aims at

the relevance effectiveness of the education with a programmatic focus on ensuring and quality education for all and lifelong 1UUlt1I5

Within the above framework vocational training courses are destined to playa crucial role In this pursuit action will in particular focus on vocational technical education and apprenticeship using the sector of Sudan as a viable avenue The current situation and status of that this training is provided through VTCs by both governmental and private centres set up by unionsfederations (eg the craft union and the union) or national utilities the railways Project and Nile Transportation) and centrally run technically and administratively 5 centers (all Khartoum) while technically other centres There are 41 public and private VTCs in Sudan 27 of them (66) are in Khartoum Seventeen (17) out of the 19 are private and 10 of are public (895 and 455 respectively)located in Khartoum while several states (Wilayat) do not have any VTC (eg Northern Nile River Sanar and Gadarif) offer short courses (upgrading and initial) and apprenticeship programme as well as skills testing Apprentices spend normally two

in (VTC) centre and one work-based Many centers are built andor equipped and with Malaysian Turkish or other donors Applicants to in

apprenticeship are general higher than the capacity of the programme (double as much the capacity) and applicants may have to wait a year for the next call for application The number of graduates from the VTCs annually is slightly less than the number of graduates from secondary technical education and both are less than those graduating from craft institutes

According to UNESCO 2011 data the of gnlQUlattS can compared as follows

number ofgraduates from VTCs was 305 compared to those from Craft institutions offering some form of vocational training 37 Total numbers ofboys (VTCs) was 1601 while the total number ofgirls (VTCs) was 30 Total number of boys from Craft Institutions was 1839 while only 16 girls finished the training These figures are very low if we consider the human resources needs to be addressed in an economy which needs growth VTCs (both public and private ones) train for 17 occupations (2011 data) but enrollment substantially differs for example with a range from 3 in printing to 327 in depending on the choice oftrainees occupation and type ofcenter (public or private)

Electricity (64 private) General Mechanics (100 private) Auto Electric (1 private)

Welding (162 private) Turning ( 162) Refrigeration and con(458 private)

Drawing (20 private) Computers (100 public)

4 Source General Secretariat SCVTA (201 J) as mentioned in MoHRDamp L (December 20J3) Status rvET in light of the survey results and labour market Khartoum (p20) Source MoHRDamp L (December 2013) Status ofrvET in light ofthe survey results and labor market Khartoum (p19)34)

91 a g cO

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

women

(infonnally) employed in agriculture by local fanners for very low wages This is accepted by the authorities It is unclear if refugees are in need of work pennits unqualified labor (such as in the agricultural infonnal sector) In this four Vocational and (VTECs)2 are present Khartoum and could be used to support and provide to the migrant and the urban areas (in and around Khartoum) as well as to develop livelihoodeconomic opportunities four major centers are closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas of Omdunnan Dares Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir areas covered by VTECS of Kerary Hag Yousif and Khartoum South

Context speaks volumes of the need for external assistance as evidenced by the deliberations of the Valletta Summit on Migration held from 11-12 November 2015 in the capital of Malta participants evoked the Joint Declaration on Migration and Development of 2006 the Declaration on Migration and Mobility of 2014 the United Nations 2030 for Sustainable Development Declarations the Ministerial of the Rabat Process and of the Khartoum Process on 27 November and 28 November 2014 respectively Summit concerns with the sharp increase in flows asylum seekers and irregular migrants leading to sufferings abuse and exploitation the worst victims being children and women and an unacceptable loss of lives in the desert or in the Mediterranean Sea The crisis of huge magnitude places the most affected countries under severe pressure with serious humanitarian consequences and security challenges It was agreed that the first priority in this context was to save lives and take all necessary measures to rescue and protect the migrants whose lives are at risk and to provide them with new opportunities

light of background the proposed intervention in the Sudan to be funded through the established EU Fund on Migration would in line with its political declaration to address the root causes of irregular

migration and displacement from to in full for hll1nln

of taking into account national legislations and specificities Through its development cooperation Action EU together with the Sudan UNIDO and other development partners are following a building and people-centred approach and have scaled up to contribute to a more inclusive SOCIO-

economic environment while exploring viable avenues to deepen engagement in addressing the of migration

This proposed Action set out in this project document is part of the Regional Development and Protection Programme (RDPP) in Sudan which aims to develop evidence-based innovative and sustainable approaches in close partnership with governments of the region including the to address the above-mentioned challenges in a more structural manner with practical insight and foresight

self-reliance opportunities and integrated service delivery and building the capacity of local for the delivery of such

and their host communities will benefit from a and more livelihoods opportunities

The intervention logic of this proposed Action is that by improving protection

the incentives for

As indicated above the overall purpose of the Action is to contribute to the overall RDPP objective to support the creation ofan evidence-based innovative and sustainable development and protection solution for refugees

2 The 4 VTCs were established by the UNIDO and the EU in Khartoum State (2010) ie Khartoum 1 Kerary Yousif Haifait and Khartoum South 3 Sudan does not only benefit from other actions under the EU Emergency Trust Fund for Africa in particular from a pound15 million development and protection programme for and host communities in Eastern Sudan and Khartoum but also from a regional project worth pound40 million to improve the capacity ofcountries along the Eastern Migratory Route and to better manage migration The Summit commitments and actions aim to facilitate progress of the dialogue on migration that the EU has with the Sudan both at bilateral level and at level under the Khartoum process

7 II age

UAUgtgt

AI1 Baseline Scenario

Overall education and training have affected by internal and external and lack of social investment The access to education and obtained by displaced persons migrants and refugees As a government education institutions non-governmental as well as intergovernmental organizations such as the have made efforts to ensure quality education for several target groups In 2014 discussions with the Ministry of Education and the TVET sector aimed at mainstreaming and guidelines related to education in situations emergency and SnG 4 which aims at

the relevance effectiveness of the education with a programmatic focus on ensuring and quality education for all and lifelong 1UUlt1I5

Within the above framework vocational training courses are destined to playa crucial role In this pursuit action will in particular focus on vocational technical education and apprenticeship using the sector of Sudan as a viable avenue The current situation and status of that this training is provided through VTCs by both governmental and private centres set up by unionsfederations (eg the craft union and the union) or national utilities the railways Project and Nile Transportation) and centrally run technically and administratively 5 centers (all Khartoum) while technically other centres There are 41 public and private VTCs in Sudan 27 of them (66) are in Khartoum Seventeen (17) out of the 19 are private and 10 of are public (895 and 455 respectively)located in Khartoum while several states (Wilayat) do not have any VTC (eg Northern Nile River Sanar and Gadarif) offer short courses (upgrading and initial) and apprenticeship programme as well as skills testing Apprentices spend normally two

in (VTC) centre and one work-based Many centers are built andor equipped and with Malaysian Turkish or other donors Applicants to in

apprenticeship are general higher than the capacity of the programme (double as much the capacity) and applicants may have to wait a year for the next call for application The number of graduates from the VTCs annually is slightly less than the number of graduates from secondary technical education and both are less than those graduating from craft institutes

According to UNESCO 2011 data the of gnlQUlattS can compared as follows

number ofgraduates from VTCs was 305 compared to those from Craft institutions offering some form of vocational training 37 Total numbers ofboys (VTCs) was 1601 while the total number ofgirls (VTCs) was 30 Total number of boys from Craft Institutions was 1839 while only 16 girls finished the training These figures are very low if we consider the human resources needs to be addressed in an economy which needs growth VTCs (both public and private ones) train for 17 occupations (2011 data) but enrollment substantially differs for example with a range from 3 in printing to 327 in depending on the choice oftrainees occupation and type ofcenter (public or private)

Electricity (64 private) General Mechanics (100 private) Auto Electric (1 private)

Welding (162 private) Turning ( 162) Refrigeration and con(458 private)

Drawing (20 private) Computers (100 public)

4 Source General Secretariat SCVTA (201 J) as mentioned in MoHRDamp L (December 20J3) Status rvET in light of the survey results and labour market Khartoum (p20) Source MoHRDamp L (December 2013) Status ofrvET in light ofthe survey results and labor market Khartoum (p19)34)

91 a g cO

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

UAUgtgt

AI1 Baseline Scenario

Overall education and training have affected by internal and external and lack of social investment The access to education and obtained by displaced persons migrants and refugees As a government education institutions non-governmental as well as intergovernmental organizations such as the have made efforts to ensure quality education for several target groups In 2014 discussions with the Ministry of Education and the TVET sector aimed at mainstreaming and guidelines related to education in situations emergency and SnG 4 which aims at

the relevance effectiveness of the education with a programmatic focus on ensuring and quality education for all and lifelong 1UUlt1I5

Within the above framework vocational training courses are destined to playa crucial role In this pursuit action will in particular focus on vocational technical education and apprenticeship using the sector of Sudan as a viable avenue The current situation and status of that this training is provided through VTCs by both governmental and private centres set up by unionsfederations (eg the craft union and the union) or national utilities the railways Project and Nile Transportation) and centrally run technically and administratively 5 centers (all Khartoum) while technically other centres There are 41 public and private VTCs in Sudan 27 of them (66) are in Khartoum Seventeen (17) out of the 19 are private and 10 of are public (895 and 455 respectively)located in Khartoum while several states (Wilayat) do not have any VTC (eg Northern Nile River Sanar and Gadarif) offer short courses (upgrading and initial) and apprenticeship programme as well as skills testing Apprentices spend normally two

in (VTC) centre and one work-based Many centers are built andor equipped and with Malaysian Turkish or other donors Applicants to in

apprenticeship are general higher than the capacity of the programme (double as much the capacity) and applicants may have to wait a year for the next call for application The number of graduates from the VTCs annually is slightly less than the number of graduates from secondary technical education and both are less than those graduating from craft institutes

According to UNESCO 2011 data the of gnlQUlattS can compared as follows

number ofgraduates from VTCs was 305 compared to those from Craft institutions offering some form of vocational training 37 Total numbers ofboys (VTCs) was 1601 while the total number ofgirls (VTCs) was 30 Total number of boys from Craft Institutions was 1839 while only 16 girls finished the training These figures are very low if we consider the human resources needs to be addressed in an economy which needs growth VTCs (both public and private ones) train for 17 occupations (2011 data) but enrollment substantially differs for example with a range from 3 in printing to 327 in depending on the choice oftrainees occupation and type ofcenter (public or private)

Electricity (64 private) General Mechanics (100 private) Auto Electric (1 private)

Welding (162 private) Turning ( 162) Refrigeration and con(458 private)

Drawing (20 private) Computers (100 public)

4 Source General Secretariat SCVTA (201 J) as mentioned in MoHRDamp L (December 20J3) Status rvET in light of the survey results and labour market Khartoum (p20) Source MoHRDamp L (December 2013) Status ofrvET in light ofthe survey results and labor market Khartoum (p19)34)

91 a g cO

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

entrepreneurship development targeting youngsters from poor and migrant communities ( from Darfur and South Sudan) New technical equipment in each VTEC has allowed these centers to have the flexibility to vocational training from the most basic to more advanced technical level

The CBT approach could have yielded increased and better results when the programme had been part of a dual-training with more work-based-leaming for the VTEC trainees It should be noted that active and input from private sector is required Nevertheless it is worth mentioning that those CBT were and still are preferred by the and

Although new curricula should still to be developed the use of the VTEC COlmpcterlCymiddottsasea approach for vocational technical training and the integration of entrepreneurship development in vocational is an important legacy of programme Sudan has been and is still using in the TVET the traditional antiquated threeshyyear apprenticeship programme for vocational training with curricula more than 30 years 01d6

As indicated earlier a Ministerial Decree the High Committee for the Curricula Development for Khartoum State laid-with the help of the - a solid ground and break-through introduction of the approach Sudan This should be seen as a major milestone as the CBT (with an international standard for certification) win considerably contribute to jobs and overall and sector deVelopment of and Khartoum particular The involvement of the Council for Vocational the National Council for Technological Education Businessmen Employers Federation and the Sudarlese Workers Gerleral Union Federation and other institutions in the developmerlt of the VTEC curricula where more than 60 people were involved showed broad-based consultation on the curricula introduced by the project The then Vice-Presiderlt of Sudarl had also given his support to the CBT and had directed that Sudan take this approach nationwide of innovative character The capacities were built for the introduction and application of (labor) market oriented Competency Based Training (CBT) curricula and entrepreneurship development

training coaching and new approaches vocational training would not have possible without the active and support of the of Labor IHRD which a Ministerial

the Ministry Industry and Education with national leadership provided by National Council for Vocational and Technological Education (NCTTE) the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVT A) the Khartoum State Vocational training and Administration Unit (KSVT A) and the private sector agencies such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industries

A well implemerlted and innovative job training approach would allow the VTECs in the future to apply for international accreditation to issue internationally recognized certificates This would give an edge to the trairleesgraduates tenus competitive employment possibilities for integration in the country It should be however noted that the staff of the and policy (at levels) should obtain at a basis re1resher WuJHU5

applications and monitoring and new related to CBT and Work-Based Learning - in of project and The new Action will thoroughly review

with project

As to the berleficiaries directly by the 4 hitherto there have been 6 yearly intakes The intakes are takerl through introductory courses (pre-vocational and language courses) and technical 1 2 3 courses

6 It should be noted that vocational schools in most part ofthe world are the End of Project Report Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004Funded by KRTMS and the of the

European Union to the Sudan 2011

lllPage

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

accelerating the pace of economic As export sector is heavily on oil exports the sector is strangled the of oil Currently the sector is the biggest employer making up for 80 of the workforce Much economic resources are focused in capital Khartoum Current public debt exceeds 70 of the GDP Furthermore labour market is greatly underdeveloped and the labour force is largely employed in the informal and where there is mismatch between available skills and the needs formal sector

the economic shock of South Sudans secession Sudan has economy up for the loss foreign The sudden loss to a dramatic the Governments revenue rising inflation soaring food prices and a weakened Austerity measures brought in to help this situation in June 2012 have in tum further fuelled inflation forcing prices to rise further austerity measures involved government cuts including federal transfers to the regions tax increases and the lifting subsidies on fuel sugar and wheat Were these measures to be accompanied by the right mix of policies for revitalizing the non-oil productive sector in particularly agriculture in the medium to long term they should the domestic and external macroeconomic imbalances created by the loss oil income austerity measures social tensions and instability as evidenced by demonstrations followed by partial of austerity measures

Apart from subject to US plagued by an inability to access international Large numbers of trade Spill-overs of the Arab Spring have additionally led to a in capital flows and rlrnt1tltgt

addition to the public debt making out 70 GDP GDP crronfTn

While in 2007 of South Sudan the GDP by 105 the GDP showed growth rates of 25 and 14 In 2013 the growth rates of 36 was mainly by agricultural gold exports and tax The tax revenue rates as well as the revenues from oil transit from South Sudan have improved deficit from of the in 20 to -1 7 in 2013 However it is important to mention translate into new-job creation a big way

Reforms are further needed to decrease inflation which in 2012 and 2013 averaged at about 36 Currently the countrys per capita accounts to 4500 USD 2016) However despite the high GDP per capita the wealth is unequally distributed being mainly focused urban Khartoum According to the National Baseline Household Survey 2009 47 of Sudanese are considered poor while 576 of them live in rural areas Furthermore in contrast to the high GDP capita youth unemployment rate stands at 22 while the female youth unemployment is at 339

A systematic analytical exposition the situation assessment of state of affairs pertaining to the effectiveness and operational efficiency of existing 4 centres is a precondition for deducing for an implementation plan to the changing skills needs of the industrial sector Inception team and mission would source data such assessment and eventually for spelling out the required and institutional

8 Economically this mainly resulted in two-thirds ofthe country s form er oil revenue n1SJtJrv offragility and conflict Several internal and external (INTERIM STRATEGY NOTE (FY 2014-2015) FOR THE REPUBLIC

OF THE SUDAN AUGUST 2013)AjDB

131Page

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

As of the the strategy and objectives of the Action a further detailed status review ll of the existing training infrastructure and HRD basis of the four Vocational in Khartoum States should be prepared during the Inception phase In this context the Inception Phase also foresees a nwnber of UNIDO guided sectoral analyses to map out the role of the private sector and other partners in line with changing patterns of demand for skills This will enable the Action to revise the demand-side of the training packages to be offered if required and link the demand with the supply side Le trainees and moreover the project beneficiaries to ensure that skills development and other initiatives by the will be properly matched for an indelible impact for jobs and

As indicated earlier in the Baseline information section of the Action similar sectoral analyses were conducted during 2007 and 2010 with the VTECs The VTECs training systems already set up (ie rehabilitation works equipment curriculwn training of managers and instructors) include (1) sheet metal works metal bending welding and machining (2) the building and construction sector (3) automotive repairmaintenance and heavy equipment (4) electronic works and JCT (5)HVCA cooling (6)footwear and eu

craft (7) hotel gastronomy food and (8) health social and community development sector beauty and hair care (09) refrigerationlair conditioning (10) designing printingldesignlrecyclingldrawing (11) Basic technical English Arabic (12) Entrepreneurial thinking soft skills education (13) International Computer Driving License (ICDL) and use of machines It is foreseen that new skills areas for applications use of solar energy renewables printing technology furniture and wood work as well as IT -coding can be considered on the of sectoral analysis results on interviews with managers the Action gt11 re-skilling programmes and approaches to correct and adjust the mismatch between 3upply response and demand skillscompetencies as well as knowledge- and technology-based entrepreneurship development and new ventures creation

VTECs and project partnersstakeholders will be technically by the Action to systematically analyse training skills clientele and beneficiary groups migrants refugees asylwn vlctlms un host communities Indications are that overall education and training services provided are very

mixed While such services have been expanded many community members children semi-rural and rural areas especially girls lack access to even basic schooling Secondary and higher education have expanded but the facilities are limited and the quality is low The Central Bureau Statistics 2009 data3 showed that

enrolment ratios for education for females and were 550 and 580

I The four VTECs status review will also focus on additional lessons learnt at several levels andfronts while drawing on UNIDO and other reports new feedback to be obtained from primary and secondary as well as open source data on the issues and options related to the input ofthese VTECs in the proposed project 12 With to the 4 VTECs these are not marked by failure they were able to carry out their mission since 20 I 0 albeit with reduced financial and HR in a TVET ecosystem which has not been coherent With new project inputs and impulses these will be brought to a level so that they can develop as centres of excellence where the core activities will be implemented and attuned to the patterns of demand for skills which are (self) employment oriented and are the way for micro and small in Sudan A training of trainers programme will be performed for of instructors The facilities will be upgraded to meet the technical requirements for course delivery in the intended training areas

Reduction Social Protection amp Labor The Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 data showed that the gross enrolment ratios in basic education for females and males were 550 and 580 and gross enrolment ratios in education were 320 and 410 respectively The under-five mortality rate was 106 per I 000 live births and the incidence ofHIVAIDS increased from an estimated 16 in 2002 to around 23 in 2010 Prevalence of malaria and tuberculosis are estimated at 17 and 10 Sudan ranks 39th out of 41 African countries on the WB-AIDBs CPlA-Building Human Resources Index for 2011 Sudan may not be able to meet the Millennium Development Goals (tvIDG) targets 2 4 and 6 without seriously boosting the capabilities of its health facilities to combat malaria tuberculosis and HNAIDS which are the main causes of hospital deaths

151 g e

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

Furthennore VTECS15 related constraints to be addressed can be summarized as follows

bull The National Council for Teclmological Education (NCTTE) and the Supreme Council for Vocational and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) two primary institutions involved Sudans vocational 1UUllllJ sector have directly supported the development the curricula using competency-based approach However both institutions have considered the intervention so far with 4 VTECs as pilot for Sudart and did not scale up and the work of the 4 centers and other ones to be brought on board

bull challenge is the continued fmancial support for of VTECs including the training materials for the trainees as is quite expensive Target beneficiaries from the poor IDP areas were not be able to pay for the cost of the training and the State did not continue its subsidy the training programs

bull VTECs offer also their training to large companies and that can afford to pay the full costs can earn some extra income to help in defray the running costs of the center by

responding to the needs large companies However they should approach with caution as there could be a dartger that they would channel more efforts to making money and defeat the purpose of establishing those centers namely to train the youth who are coming from the poor areas of Khartoum State

bull project had built the capacity of the partner NGOsiCBOs to conduct EDP and how to organize skills training programmes cooperation with and facilities and trainers Sustainability of EDP for IDPs would depend on the resources that the NGOsCBOs can mobilize as their resources are very limited Not all the NGOsiCBOs have reached fmancial sustainability They relied mostly on donors and resources that they can mobilize from the community target beneficiaries are poor and are not be able to pay for the full cost of the EDP training programme NGOsiCBOs can only continue to organize skills

gramn1es if they are to mobilize resources from or donor UFU

bull The existing VIECs in Khartoum State need to upgrade UJA~~iUy training equipment for new clients from the IDP areas to provide sufficient urgent technical lt1Prll(Clt1 and entrepreneurial skills needed by these young populations groups including women in order for them to sustainable sources of livelihoods

bull staff management and instructorstrainers are still insufficiently equipped to address the direct needs of young persons technical training that meet the needs the modem industry and entrepreneurship development

bull vocational training programmes are principally still too supply-driven do not systematically integrate entrepreneurship development for direct job creation The lack of infonnation on available intermediate institutional technical assistance and business coaching support services exacerbates the problems faced by entrepreneurial aspirants despite enhanced skills acquired through training

15 Pre-identification of these constraints are compiled to 2011 End 0 Report Project Number 9 ACP SU 1-12 EEISUDI071004 and recent UNIDO mission reports on Sudan when interviews with the Ministry of Labor and Human A-VUmiddot VTEC management staff and SCVT A and NCTTE It is foreseen that the Inception will further detail and the constraints

171 a g

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

for U5 asylum seeKeJrs and host cornmWli would collaborative actors and SllrlDOrtln policies

A2t Actors involved

Considering the project objectives and the local institutions as included in the next a Project Committee (PRC) and Project Technical Committee (PTC) are expected

project implementation

PRC and PTC will ensure implementation as to the recorruni~na Draft policy technical approaches line with vvgt JUvJ ofTVET and direct demands placed by the Action

o State Ministry of General o Ministry Industry (Mol) o Ministry Interior National Intelligence and Security Service (NISS) o Ministry Human Resources and Labour (MoHRampL) o Vocational technical and Entrepreneurship Centres Employment Counselling Offices (VTECs) o Supreme Council Vocational and Apprenticeship o National Council Technical and Technological Education (NCTTE) o State Ministry of Labour (MoL) o Professional Sectoral Councils (for Sectoral Quality Assurance) o Wilayats where the beneficiaries are located o Sudan Engineering Council AcademialUniversities o and o o Workers General Union o (International) Organizations(I)NGOs Community Based

ltH Support (BSOs) Outreach o Local Sudanese bank and o Media Sudan radio and TV

Moreover when considering project interventions coordination (effectivenessefficiency) with following international stakeholders will to work with the national stakeholders mentioned above

o European Union Delegation in the Sudan o UN (UNIDO UNESCO ILO UNDP UNFPAUNHCRICOR 10M) located in Sudan o GIZ o Italian Agency for Development Cooperation o JICA o KOlKA o TlKA o AIDB

It should be noted that a detailed final of actorspartners involved in the project implementation will be provided the Inception phase scrutiny of the and effectiveness of potential partners will determine the extent of chosen partners involvement

191 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

and additionally equipping the 4 Khartoum and to develop policy with the sector at the national leveL

1 Direct Beneficiaries at institutional level Staff VTEC local training institutions and vocational centres men and women instructorstrainers project coordinators job coaching experts and business coaches working together as part of the strengthening of the institutional and organizational structures and policy to orientate the supply training to the socio-economic demands and to consider value for money including (I) NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector for technical capacity building and entrepreneurship supply chain of modem industry and

2 Sudan TVET Authorities policy makers Wilayats and local stakeholders including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

3 The youth men and women migrants refugees persons with disabilities and host communities as well as local informal sector entrepreneurs in poor project areas closely located to the urban and semi-urban areas ofOmdurman es Salam Umbadda Mayo Jebel Avlia and Wad el Bashir those areas covered by of Kerary Yousif Halfait and Khartoum South It is h~Jlt that both direct and ultimate direct will be distributed across in outcome as

The Action will following 3 different as ultimate with an number at least 2500 trainees to enrolled and who should facilitated to be integrated in jobs and

income

1 Pre-employment training mostly for young men and women who have completed the first or second cycle formal education in Sudan or elsewhere have no income and are preparing for their first employment can benefit from the VTEC provision of marketable technical skills and entrepreneurship training

2 Group 2 In-service training amp re-training for men women working in the informal or formal sectors (public amp private) who want to update upgrade or change jobs and small business interest This group will include also those who lost employment to or had to flee and radical changes

technology joblessThese would skills upgradingimprovement or entrepreneurship

3 Men and women with disabilities who need to be labour market and people who are disadvantaged in the labour market due to their geographical location (eg nomadic people displaced from conflict affected areas demobilized soldiers school drop outs) This group can also include older workers in host communities who are at a disadvantage due to long time unemployment

noted that during the Inception 3 months) mapping and identification will The fine tuning of main target groups will be undertaken with the

VTECs operating in the Khartoum State relevant project stakeholders and development partners visits and focus group meetings

21 IP a

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

middle of knowledge

~___ into TVET national

participation rate of 30 In addition will be open to include women in technical courses as demanded and encourage their participation in technical importance will be given to promotion women as teachers and instructors

Furthermore the will open doors to a group and enable to benefit from a modem education which given their socio-economic status would not possible due to the of trainings offered by private institutions The contribution of to this project is essential to address the above mentioned particularly in view of the need to development alternatives to people aspiring to migrate

B REASON OF UNIDO ASSISTANCE

UNIDO l6 has been actively involved in similar projects funded by Sudan since 2003 with projects covering a wide range of technical assistance interventions such as vocational training cluster building and value chain development In particular between 2007 and 2010 UNIDO implemented the EU-VTEC-project with Khartoum State the full establishment of four VTECs has been one of the key in the different technical programs which won the approbation of the technical beneficiaries The GoS and EUs current request to UNIDO to strengthen the bears testimony of UNIDOs capabilities and reputation implementation results impact of this Action should provide a contribution to a national TVET and employment policy in combination with operational mechanisms for the effective institutionalization revamping As part of the exercise a framework should be formulated for the national context of the institutional setup for TVET training programmes taking UNESCO and ILOs recommendations into account

of the existing 4

UNIDO in collaboration with Interagency partners has gained familiarity with the and background of the and specifically in Khartoum State and other centers in Sudan and other regions by building up the

graduated technicians and professionals for sector interactions it is contributing to work

and strategies UNIDO as a also clearly understood what are to empower and integrate vulnerable groups including migrants - through

various technical assistance programmes worldwide in jobs income earning ventures and start-ups

Furthermore UNIDO has developed a multi sectoral approach in using its technical and managerial expertise in setting up capacity building programmes for managers and instructors and technical (Ref UNIDO project EESUD07004) to an integrated approach to Youth Entrepreneurship (YED) at with institutional entrepreneurship in various technical UNIDO has brought this line with the requirements for MSlv1E development job creation several clients including and persons

With the that UNIDO has accumulated during the past decades combined with its of Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Development (ISID) UNIDO has a well established and good

network of national and international expertise for demand oriented technical-vocational training analyses and

16 In this context UNIDO as the United Nations agency for industrial development has been providing technical assistance for developing countries for social and economic and environmental sustainability through specialized technical services in the areas such as poverty reduction trade capacity-building developing private-public partnerships innovation technology transfer and productivity industrial and institution building clean energy and in the domain of gender the projects formulated UNIDO specifically addresses the empowerment of women through access to education training science and technology to enable them to engage in productive activities

231 P age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

various and development bottlenecks delivery and building for locals

information and with the as in the output-related activities

six proposed project results and activities include

The institutional capacities of four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship (VTECs) are in terms ojplanning management development and stafftraining in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme TVET and 9 and 4 with a view to developing and demand-driven vocational technical training and relevant skills will be improved

11 Critically review the approach management and skills training programme in to the of Sudans economic modernization programme and SDG 9 (Goal 9 Industry innovation infrastructure) SDG (Education) with a view to identifying the gaps that impede the relevance and of the existing technical facilities training curricula and programmes to be main streamed patterns of industrial development in Sudan

12 out a validation workshop with data analysis including management and staff as as stakeholders (Private sector UNESCO UNHCR 10M ILO UNIDO EU AIDB and GIZ) to ensure the of interventions in in the and making training programs abreast of the current needs

13 Conduct institutional and technical capacity building VTEC managers instructors and in coordination with GIZ to improved services and skills training to beneficiaries and fully implement

training programs 14 Initiate interventions for capacity building for of the Supreme Council Vocational Training

Apprenticeship (SCVT A) National Council Technical Education (NCTTE)the Ministry Industry and Labour taking into consideration the of the assessment and of the policy review undertaken in 2015 UNESCO)

15 the 2010 Competency Based (CBT) approach which was introduced with modernized for Sudan with corresponding national occupational quality standards to

put in place with the Private Sector and sectoral councils A number of CBT curricula sectors demanding further training will be expanded to include levels 3 and 4 (excluding the leather sector hotel and food catering training)

251 P g (

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

coach~ng

Result 418

Approximately 2500 beneficiaries (semi) urban under employed and under skilled youth living in host communities at the identified project sites Khartoum State are trained in market relevant trades including integrating soft work-l~fe such as English and Arabic courses to improve functional literacy and ease access to employment opportunities and business Start-ups

41 Organize a of evaluation seminars with development partners the sector and the to the project implementation achievements and sustainability challenges including VTECs taking on

the role of Demonstration Centres while its networking capacities to contribute to major system innovations the sector

Intensive functional Arabic and language courses consisting of to be provided to the ability of to safely the language courses will be scheduled

for the project duration of 3

Job Placement Units already set within the career and job coaching of trainees from Khartoum for transiting and in job-market with partnerships for sustainability under public and private sector are strengthened and made fully operational

51 Develop an awareness strategycampaign with the media public and private to change negative mind sets and stereotypes (of parents and the public at large) on so-called Blue Collar workers and technicians coming from the sector Identify project beneficiaries in compliance with national legislation legal provisions work permits in close cooperation with national related (such as the Commission Refugees Ministry of Interior) and related UN sister agencies (UNHCRthe CORCommission of usmg upon criteria (officially registered socio-economic background)

53 Strengthen Job Units set up as part of operations to sustain services by career guidance and job coaching trainees from for transiting

Result 6

to financing knowledge-and technology-based and coaching business development for those who are technically and to support self-employment creation are facilitated The access to credit micro finance opportunities the use ofsavings schemes and crowd funding will be especially promoted among men and women with a specific focus on spelling out and implementing the contours and tenets of required policy space and institutional direction for effective business coaching services and job placement

its trained staff

The Khartoum State VTECs have set up Demonstration Centres within their their with development partners to contribute to major and innovations in the and integrating the provision

_ to young in Sudan

271 P a g

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

OrAnn will ltInlttl

lead to and

tPMrlMltP projects within

possibilities for implementation individual or centres will be encouraged to visit youth and womens projects and accompanying

in their Special will be to young

beneficiaries migrantsrefugees the VTECs trainees meet periodically to

economic Once graduated

with regard to activities

Government counterparts project will the Ministry Industry of General and Institutions related to

corporation with Ministry of Resources Development and Labour (HRDampL)

project will implemented in local authorities partner involved field These regional authorities civil UN located in and other institutions extensive list been provided Section A21 Involved

operational structure of the project will designed to ensure that the autonomy the capacity to conduct operations to make

implementation plan which may necessary to ensure implementation In this project will at least 5 majority of its and inputs will be provided through technical based supipmlea by UNIDO-HQ on contract from competent local pvnprt be obtained the PSC

stakeholder meetings

willactivities nrn followingof the output

VTECs current status will be

determinations

~~~ Opportunities for registration

strengthening to responsibilities overlap

(as a preceding) will receive with building to respond to 2 UNIDO will these

and will identitying agtHI(U~ in

to Output 2 UNIDO will lead collaboration with

Fourth Other activities in collaboration with UNIDO and GIZ analyse and are

Opportunities to provide modules materials curricula private entities will be identified so as to

completion as well as expanding models and tools to feed into upstream work and contributing to provide relevant HRD input to the Ministry of Industry Ministry of Ministry General Education other governmental entities private sector providers

other ugt~HAw-

contribute to the sustainability of interventions beyond or TVET centres This activity

policy recommendations UNIDO will work with

291

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

Implementation phase 33 months ie months 4-36

=-==-= Project Implementation (33 months) Implementation Phase is the core component of the project and will virtually all of outputs and success indicator productslKPls if the project evolves as tJ-uuu Nonetheless project and its committee and advisory boards must be open to

required in and in operational activities changing conditions andor new information ~~th~Wgt that modifications to plans will facilitate project objectives results downstream and upstream as well as

3 Phasing-out closure phase maximum 6 months months 36 - 42 as art 38 39 and 18 of the PAGODA General Conditions

Handing over disseminate results end-of-project evaluation final reporting

C22 Project management

The project management structure foresees four organizational units

1 UNIDO Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

UNIDO project component will be the the Development (PTCAGR) - Division (PTCAGRIAIT) - PTCAGRIAIT in cooperation with the Delegation Office and UNIDO Field Office Sudan

UNIDO PIU will field UNIDO will be responsible for the project document and work

The PIU will be composed of

bull A Chief In of the PIUproject coordination bull A National Project Manager bull NPC in charge coordination and administration bull National Experts bull Gender Expert bull 1 Driver bull Admin and Finance Officer

Furthermore UNIDO will recruit as necessary for implementation of this Action technical (national and internationals) who will provide short and term technical as by the different

activities Profiles allocation and duration of mission of technical consultants will identified the inception phase of as exact description of profiles can only be defined once the VTECs and

beneficiary are finally Where national is available UNIDO will work with national and International experts will only be considered if national expertise is lacking and a required training session(s) can be provided by the international expert

311 g e

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

C31 The UN Sustainable Development Goals

The proposed project20 will contribute towards

bull SDG 1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere It will also contribute to bull SDG 4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote opportunities

for all bull SDG 5 Achieve equality and empower all women girls bull SDG 9 Build resilient promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster

innovation

CA Impact

the practical underpinnings of project are aimed at creating sustainable sources of livelihoods income earning and employment the implementation of the project is expected make an indelible impact poverty reduction and thereby address the root cause of migration displacement However the tangible impact that the vocational training system potentially will have on the target beneficiaries cannot be sustained without an

period of operation with constant injection of restructuring and the incidence of technical progress in the operations those VTECs the system in At the present the vocational training in Khartoum to be whether and when the UNIDO approach will effectively adopted by Khartoum State Government and the extent to which adoption will impact on the marginalized populations throughout the State Their role will an essential part of governments to sustainable development and to build cohesion in the system of the TVET sector in particular at upstream level for a conducive eco-system Enhanced skills will also enable them to climb the ladder of career development provide access to jobs Gainful self-employment can be obtained through small business development

Risks

It is that the will be fully supporting project throughout its implementation and will equally for its sustainability Both statements should be complementary to the project goaL In absence ofpositive political and practical support from the lYAprtlrn

practical implementation of the project will at In this context the Government Authorities will undermine this project if the Government of Sudan fails to maintain the current policies towards the refugees and asylum seekers and sustain the stable political context with no major conflict (Political instability in neighbouring countries that impact the influx of migrants refugees etc) Internal conflicts in Sudan might also hinder the projects implementation due to reasons related to safety unforeseen emergence of non-political and nonshyenvironmental catastrophes such as epidemics or extreme weather events which (Adverse environmental events that impact stability labour market will occur during the projects lifespan

Risk Management Matrix can be found in ==

20 Particularly to the Action Fiche JA 50 of the refugees in camps in East Sudan live on chronic poverty with limited to arable land ana lis and IB 83 ofthe urban refuges population is illiterate and has only received basic schooling

331 p

I

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

All the project will be equally men but a particular attention has been reserved to women and youth In particular ad hoc ungt with other initiatives currently implemented in Sudan by national or stakeholders and development Women Entrepreneurship Development Programme (World Bank PrrJrltgttnlm GlZ UNHCR (I) NGOsCBOs BSOs)

Regarding proj ect staff a gender in the recruitment of project management and staff will be v1UlJn-lLvU

and efforts will be made to ensure that recruited staff either has existing knowledge on integrating a gender perspective or their capacity will be built in this area or will be trained (e g I Know Gender Course on UN Womens Campus httpstrainingcentreunwomenorg and UN Women Training

A -uUgt Matrix can be

CS Communication and Visibility Strategy

The Communication and Visibility Plan of this Action is as per Annex VI of this contract

All visibility and communication activities of the project will be in line with the Joint Visibility Guidelines for EU-UN actions in the field and comply with the Financial and administrative framework agreement between European Community and the United Nations consolidated in force 2014 Article 11 of the and Administrative Framework Agreement) The project will out all communication visibility activities with the Sudan in particular

and Information Officer is also made to the Communication and Visibility Manual for External Actions21

In the inception phase of the project a communication and visibility plan will be drafted and discussed with the delegation in Sudan Elements which will be considered are inter alia press releases press conferences press

visits brochures and newsletters web site activities photographs and other suitable measures as listed the Joint Visibility Guidelines The communication and visibility plan will drafted according to the template and will include overall the target groups within Sudan as wen as the EU and specify detailed activities and indicators of achievement

During the whole duration of UNIDO will report on the implementation of the communication and visibility plan as well as milestones and outputs achieved as to in the plan The budget to carry out the agreed upon activities under Visibility Actions is included in the attached project budget (Annex No B) A mechanism for awareness creation and highlighting facets and progress of programme implementation in local media should also be established

Furthermore the EU flag will be included in all project communication as well as that project is funded by the Union Additionally the to the Joint Visibility Guidelines for

the field will be included in all publications

351 age

l4e will be a senior internationally recruited technical professional with profound international and experti~ quired the Sudan Project Overall HeShe as an impartial UNIDO Professional has the direct responsibility flt technically the implementation to achieve the expected providing inputs and initiativ(

translating the project and methodology as as HR needs to sustain project outputs and impact

oreover the CT A should have built up during his or her career an international professional and technical network to link tt Project at different with other relevant programmesprojectinstitutionsagencies and within and th ~ tdan Close collaboration with the Inception team will be essential

HIsher competencies will be enlightened leadership team building supervision policy development initiat innovations and entrepreurial thinking to be put in place for implementation planning applications d monitoring the different components and results The CT A will provide on- the-job training to the loc~

ltional staff working in hislher team and other professionals ie at the VTECs including stakeholders

Ie acting as on location for directing project in all its aspects with th 1 1it(PMUIPIU) will be the international contact person or interlocutor for meetings with and other development partners the Project at UNIDO HQ the private sector and Government counterparts at Ministerial level

The P1~ Sudanese NPC a senior technical professional who understands the implementatior ) quirements and mainagernellt implications of the project is essential for the following

will closely work the CTA and all other team members to 6-monthly whict to be updated technical inputs within hislher Terms of Reference (TOR) and to overseemanage with the

nance Adminofficers the for implementation In the bsence of the the NPC is also expected to manage the Team

le NPC is to link up with different stakeholders and local project partners at several levels during day-to-day project plemenUlUcm in line with the planned outputsresults

Usher competencies expertise and exposure will be for to and the implementation th the the TVET sector and job creation strategies including or her strenght in interpersonal

UIUlt1l1VH with stakeholders the Phase team and several nrnlprt vVVV~ groups will be a must for project implementation

dditional staff reltllUllemlen1ts will be eventually defined during project UHltIU-H

3 Sub-contracts

Eventual sub-contracts agreements will be defined and middotu during the project inception phase

4

It Project team members especially regional ones participate in special training programmes and will arrange training workshops GoS and stakeholders counterparts staff to knowledge and build a cornmon background terms of intervention approach and techniques

371 a g

Collection and pf()CeSSII of baseline data soeclIlc information on project related relevant details regarding socioeconomic conditions of involved is household and with training groups These regularly updated by the project

- The project managers of UNIDO with the implementation (Pill) staff will provide input into the design of the MampE system particularly the parameters for reporting The Project intends to a monitoring culture in addition to the formal monitoring exercises The PIU will also help the national evaluation consultants to design their baseline mid-term and final reports Particular emphasis shall be placed on overall progress achievements organizational performance of the and challenges in making the VTECs selfshymanaged and sustainable

Reporting

Without prejudice for the UNIDO obligations regarding information and reporting in the PAGODA JIJHA

Conditions

a) For monitoring there will quarterly project which provide information and analysh about the progress of plarmed activities which may lead to adjustments in project work plans

b) Semi-armual reports These will be prepared twice a year not later than 30 calendar days the end a six-month period

c) Final report This will be prepared within 6 months after the end of implementation

E2 Monitoring

prior indicated the Project Steering Committee (PSC) will be formally responsible overall monitoring and supervision of the Action The PSC will meet on a semester basis more frequently if required by

to review the work-plan It shall implementation work on the basis of monthly reports submitted by the Programme Manager

nrr1Pltlt reports will provide an assessment for all outcomes and outputs as stated on the Results Framework and as measured by the corresponding indicators Collection of relevant data will be scheduled well in advance of the reporting deadlines so that the evaluation of indicators can be based on facts and as much as possible on independent sources

The Annual Programme review exercise will be organized to (internally) evaluate results of Programme and to agree on any revisions required in the work-plans and implementation modalities This Programme review will involve all members the An overall evaluation of Programme will be implemented at conclusion to comprehensively assess the results achieved

Although the project will have a monitoring set UNIDOs indicates that a culture by project beneficiaries will required The Inception Team will elaborate this topic At the

local level and as described before the project activities shall be monitored and supervised by UNIOO project team (PIU)

The indicators and their means verification are included the LOGFRAME on the outcome of monitoring these could be modified

391 age

F PRIOR OBLIGATIONS AND PREREQUISITES

[he project is to be fully funded by the EUSudan for an initial duration thirty total hudget estimated at a maximum three million 3000000) The most important prior

is funding approval and the are obtained The Memorandum is established between and Govemment (for Kbal10um VTECs) the

that the counterpart will to give full cooperation and support project indicated already in sections of Action the

will be implemented in coordination with other implementing RDPP programme and other relevant stakeholders

LEGAL CONTEXT

The present project is govemed by the provisions of the Standard Basic Cooperation Agreement between Jovemment of the Republic Sudan and lJNIDO signed on 8 March 1988

ANNEXES

Annex A Logical nnex B Risk Management Matrix

Annex C Gender Matrix Annex D Timeline of the Activities

41

43

--Al~NEx L - GJl~)ER lVlATRIx -

Outputs Possible Gendered Outputs Possible Gender Indicators Indicative Gender Outcomes and

Activities

Inception phase

bull Gender impact assessments bull of reports produced bull Sex disaggregated data and bull of gender impact

gender information for the assessments undertaken project implementation bull of activities planned for phase are collected supporting gender mainshy

bull Consultation with women streaming trainees and entrepreneurs bull of women supported through are undertaken continuously training coaching and other

bull Dialogues are facilitated services among key stakeholders bull of gender specific targets from government civil included in the framework society private sector and bull of specific recommendations community leaders to for equitable access to benefits discuss gender implications for male and female trainees of the project initiatives and entrepreneurs

bull Priority growth sectors and bull of dialogues on gender training modules are implications of the projects identified and market processes facilitated opportunities are assessed particularly for developing job opportunities for young women amp men

bull Projects design ret1ects women s participation in VTECs training and promotes womens economic empowerment

bull Policy makers and enforcers make use of gender sensitive information for decision-making

bull Women entrepreneurs have increasing access to productive assets and market

bull Opportunities for women and men to benefit from the selected VTECs training courses of intervention are more equitable

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES

Timing for the implementation of the various Activities

49 1 P ~l g e

Annex II

General Condition

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

Collection and pf()CeSSII of baseline data soeclIlc information on project related relevant details regarding socioeconomic conditions of involved is household and with training groups These regularly updated by the project

- The project managers of UNIDO with the implementation (Pill) staff will provide input into the design of the MampE system particularly the parameters for reporting The Project intends to a monitoring culture in addition to the formal monitoring exercises The PIU will also help the national evaluation consultants to design their baseline mid-term and final reports Particular emphasis shall be placed on overall progress achievements organizational performance of the and challenges in making the VTECs selfshymanaged and sustainable

Reporting

Without prejudice for the UNIDO obligations regarding information and reporting in the PAGODA JIJHA

Conditions

a) For monitoring there will quarterly project which provide information and analysh about the progress of plarmed activities which may lead to adjustments in project work plans

b) Semi-armual reports These will be prepared twice a year not later than 30 calendar days the end a six-month period

c) Final report This will be prepared within 6 months after the end of implementation

E2 Monitoring

prior indicated the Project Steering Committee (PSC) will be formally responsible overall monitoring and supervision of the Action The PSC will meet on a semester basis more frequently if required by

to review the work-plan It shall implementation work on the basis of monthly reports submitted by the Programme Manager

nrr1Pltlt reports will provide an assessment for all outcomes and outputs as stated on the Results Framework and as measured by the corresponding indicators Collection of relevant data will be scheduled well in advance of the reporting deadlines so that the evaluation of indicators can be based on facts and as much as possible on independent sources

The Annual Programme review exercise will be organized to (internally) evaluate results of Programme and to agree on any revisions required in the work-plans and implementation modalities This Programme review will involve all members the An overall evaluation of Programme will be implemented at conclusion to comprehensively assess the results achieved

Although the project will have a monitoring set UNIDOs indicates that a culture by project beneficiaries will required The Inception Team will elaborate this topic At the

local level and as described before the project activities shall be monitored and supervised by UNIOO project team (PIU)

The indicators and their means verification are included the LOGFRAME on the outcome of monitoring these could be modified

391 age

F PRIOR OBLIGATIONS AND PREREQUISITES

[he project is to be fully funded by the EUSudan for an initial duration thirty total hudget estimated at a maximum three million 3000000) The most important prior

is funding approval and the are obtained The Memorandum is established between and Govemment (for Kbal10um VTECs) the

that the counterpart will to give full cooperation and support project indicated already in sections of Action the

will be implemented in coordination with other implementing RDPP programme and other relevant stakeholders

LEGAL CONTEXT

The present project is govemed by the provisions of the Standard Basic Cooperation Agreement between Jovemment of the Republic Sudan and lJNIDO signed on 8 March 1988

ANNEXES

Annex A Logical nnex B Risk Management Matrix

Annex C Gender Matrix Annex D Timeline of the Activities

41

43

--Al~NEx L - GJl~)ER lVlATRIx -

Outputs Possible Gendered Outputs Possible Gender Indicators Indicative Gender Outcomes and

Activities

Inception phase

bull Gender impact assessments bull of reports produced bull Sex disaggregated data and bull of gender impact

gender information for the assessments undertaken project implementation bull of activities planned for phase are collected supporting gender mainshy

bull Consultation with women streaming trainees and entrepreneurs bull of women supported through are undertaken continuously training coaching and other

bull Dialogues are facilitated services among key stakeholders bull of gender specific targets from government civil included in the framework society private sector and bull of specific recommendations community leaders to for equitable access to benefits discuss gender implications for male and female trainees of the project initiatives and entrepreneurs

bull Priority growth sectors and bull of dialogues on gender training modules are implications of the projects identified and market processes facilitated opportunities are assessed particularly for developing job opportunities for young women amp men

bull Projects design ret1ects women s participation in VTECs training and promotes womens economic empowerment

bull Policy makers and enforcers make use of gender sensitive information for decision-making

bull Women entrepreneurs have increasing access to productive assets and market

bull Opportunities for women and men to benefit from the selected VTECs training courses of intervention are more equitable

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES

Timing for the implementation of the various Activities

49 1 P ~l g e

Annex II

General Condition

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

F PRIOR OBLIGATIONS AND PREREQUISITES

[he project is to be fully funded by the EUSudan for an initial duration thirty total hudget estimated at a maximum three million 3000000) The most important prior

is funding approval and the are obtained The Memorandum is established between and Govemment (for Kbal10um VTECs) the

that the counterpart will to give full cooperation and support project indicated already in sections of Action the

will be implemented in coordination with other implementing RDPP programme and other relevant stakeholders

LEGAL CONTEXT

The present project is govemed by the provisions of the Standard Basic Cooperation Agreement between Jovemment of the Republic Sudan and lJNIDO signed on 8 March 1988

ANNEXES

Annex A Logical nnex B Risk Management Matrix

Annex C Gender Matrix Annex D Timeline of the Activities

41

43

--Al~NEx L - GJl~)ER lVlATRIx -

Outputs Possible Gendered Outputs Possible Gender Indicators Indicative Gender Outcomes and

Activities

Inception phase

bull Gender impact assessments bull of reports produced bull Sex disaggregated data and bull of gender impact

gender information for the assessments undertaken project implementation bull of activities planned for phase are collected supporting gender mainshy

bull Consultation with women streaming trainees and entrepreneurs bull of women supported through are undertaken continuously training coaching and other

bull Dialogues are facilitated services among key stakeholders bull of gender specific targets from government civil included in the framework society private sector and bull of specific recommendations community leaders to for equitable access to benefits discuss gender implications for male and female trainees of the project initiatives and entrepreneurs

bull Priority growth sectors and bull of dialogues on gender training modules are implications of the projects identified and market processes facilitated opportunities are assessed particularly for developing job opportunities for young women amp men

bull Projects design ret1ects women s participation in VTECs training and promotes womens economic empowerment

bull Policy makers and enforcers make use of gender sensitive information for decision-making

bull Women entrepreneurs have increasing access to productive assets and market

bull Opportunities for women and men to benefit from the selected VTECs training courses of intervention are more equitable

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES

Timing for the implementation of the various Activities

49 1 P ~l g e

Annex II

General Condition

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

43

--Al~NEx L - GJl~)ER lVlATRIx -

Outputs Possible Gendered Outputs Possible Gender Indicators Indicative Gender Outcomes and

Activities

Inception phase

bull Gender impact assessments bull of reports produced bull Sex disaggregated data and bull of gender impact

gender information for the assessments undertaken project implementation bull of activities planned for phase are collected supporting gender mainshy

bull Consultation with women streaming trainees and entrepreneurs bull of women supported through are undertaken continuously training coaching and other

bull Dialogues are facilitated services among key stakeholders bull of gender specific targets from government civil included in the framework society private sector and bull of specific recommendations community leaders to for equitable access to benefits discuss gender implications for male and female trainees of the project initiatives and entrepreneurs

bull Priority growth sectors and bull of dialogues on gender training modules are implications of the projects identified and market processes facilitated opportunities are assessed particularly for developing job opportunities for young women amp men

bull Projects design ret1ects women s participation in VTECs training and promotes womens economic empowerment

bull Policy makers and enforcers make use of gender sensitive information for decision-making

bull Women entrepreneurs have increasing access to productive assets and market

bull Opportunities for women and men to benefit from the selected VTECs training courses of intervention are more equitable

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES

Timing for the implementation of the various Activities

49 1 P ~l g e

Annex II

General Condition

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

--Al~NEx L - GJl~)ER lVlATRIx -

Outputs Possible Gendered Outputs Possible Gender Indicators Indicative Gender Outcomes and

Activities

Inception phase

bull Gender impact assessments bull of reports produced bull Sex disaggregated data and bull of gender impact

gender information for the assessments undertaken project implementation bull of activities planned for phase are collected supporting gender mainshy

bull Consultation with women streaming trainees and entrepreneurs bull of women supported through are undertaken continuously training coaching and other

bull Dialogues are facilitated services among key stakeholders bull of gender specific targets from government civil included in the framework society private sector and bull of specific recommendations community leaders to for equitable access to benefits discuss gender implications for male and female trainees of the project initiatives and entrepreneurs

bull Priority growth sectors and bull of dialogues on gender training modules are implications of the projects identified and market processes facilitated opportunities are assessed particularly for developing job opportunities for young women amp men

bull Projects design ret1ects women s participation in VTECs training and promotes womens economic empowerment

bull Policy makers and enforcers make use of gender sensitive information for decision-making

bull Women entrepreneurs have increasing access to productive assets and market

bull Opportunities for women and men to benefit from the selected VTECs training courses of intervention are more equitable

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES

Timing for the implementation of the various Activities

49 1 P ~l g e

Annex II

General Condition

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

ANNEX D - TIMELINE OF THE ACTIVITIES

Timing for the implementation of the various Activities

49 1 P ~l g e

Annex II

General Condition

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

Annex II

General Condition

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

ANNEX II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements

PART I COMMON PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PA GRANT AND DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 2

Article l Deflnitions 2

Article 2 General obligations 3

Article 3 Obligations information and 4

Article 4 Liability towards third 6

Article 5 Conflict of interests 6

Article 6 6

Article 7 Data Protection 7

Article 8 Communication and 7

Article 9 Right to use results and transfer of equipment 8

Article 10 Evaluation and monitoring of the Action 8

Article 11 Amendment to the 9

Article 12 9

Article 13 Termination 11

Article 14 Applicable law and settlement of disputes 12

Article 15 12

Article 16 Accounts and archiving 13

Article 17 Access and fmancial checks 13

Article 18 Eligibility of costs 14

Article 19 Payments 16

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution 17

PART II ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO DELEGATION AGREEMENTS 17

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries 17

Article 22 and Detection and Exclusion System 18

PART III ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO PA GRANTS 19

Article 23 No Proflt 19

Article 24 19

PAGoDA 2 December206 Annex II - Genera Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreem~nts Page

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

Definitions applicable to Delegation Agreements only

part of the Action and party to the relevant UGllOallVll IO-_v together with the with the Organisation are referred to as Delegatees

Detection and Exclusion System system set up by Regulation Euratom) No 20151929 of 28 October 2015 on

the fmancial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L 28611 301 020 15) which includes information on the early detection of risks the EU financial interests on the cases of exclusion from EU of legal and natural persons and on the cases of imposition of financial penalties

Grant a direct fmancial contribution by way of donation given the Organisation or Co-Delegatee to fmance third activities

Grant -vU-( a natural or person to whom a Grant has been awarded Grant Beneficiaries can and procure for the implementation of their activities

Multi-donor Action an Action co-fmanced by the EU contribution (whether or not earmarked) and other donor(s)

Definitions applicable to PA Grant Agreements only

Affiliated an entity a structural in a legal or and UUjJlltubulljo

an entity implementing part of the Action and being a party to the together with the Organisation The Organisation the also on behalf of the Co-Beneficiaries

Article 2 General obHgations

Implementation of the Action 21 The Organisation is responsible for the implementation of the Action described in Annex I of the

Agreement whether the activities are carried out by the an Affiliated a Contractor or a Grant Both Parties will endeavour to strengthen their mutual

contacts with a view to foster the of information throughout the implementation of the Action To this end the Organisation and the Contracting shall in coordination

and other common activities and the Organisation shall invite the European Commission to join any donor committee which may be set up in relation to the Action

Responsibility

22 The for the performance of the obligations under this with which means that it shall apply the same level of duty

and care which it applies in managing its own funds

23 Under Delegation the Organisation shall have full fmancial respOillSllDllll) towards the Contracting Authority for all funds those unduly paid to or or Grant Beneficiaries The shall take measures to detect and correct

and fraud when implementing the Action To this end the jltU1l1UiVU shall carry out in accordance with the principle of proportionality and its positively assessed Regulations and Rules ex-ante andor ex-post controls including where on-the-spot checks on andor risk-based of transactions to ensure that the Action fmanced the EU is carried out and implemented correctly The shall inform the Commission of irregularities and fmud detected in the management of EU funds and the measures taken Where funds

have been unduly paid to or incorrectly used by Contractors or Grant the Organisation shall take all applicable measures in accordance with its own and Rules to recover those funds including where appropriate by legal endeavouring to

PAGoDA 2 - December 2016

Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page3

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

310 Every progress or final the of Annex

that

36 The Organisation shall notify the Contracting without delay on any circumstances likely to affect the implementation and management of the Action or to or jeopardise the

performance of the activities

Content of the gtrt

37 The progress report(s) shall directly relate to this and shall at least include a) summary and context of the

b) actual Results an updated table based on a framework matrix UUUlt rM achieved by the Action (Outcomes or Outputs) as measured by their cOITeltondllng agreed baselines and and relevant data sources

c) activities carried out during the period (ie rt bull -gtTI related to the Action and described in this Agreement)

d) information on the difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome nrhlpltc and eventual changes

e) information on the of the and Communication Plan (Annex VI) and any additional measures taken to identify the EU as source of financing

I) information on the costs incurred as well as the commitments entered into by the Organisation during the reporting period a summary of controls carried out if any under PA Grant Agreements and available final audit reports in line with the policy on disclosure of such controls and audit reports Where errors and weaknesses in were of their nature and extent as well as information on corrective measures taken or planned shall also be

h) where applicable a for payment i) work plan and forecast budget for the next period

38 The final report shall cover the entire period of implementation and include a) all the information in Article 37 a) to h) b) a summary of the Actions receipts received and of the eligible costs incurred c) where applicable an overview of any funds unduly or incorrectly used which the

could or could not recover d) under a Delegaticill the exact link to thevUJJllt laquovv uwel to Article 211

information on Grant Beneficiaries and Contractors is available e) for EU External Actions and CFSP if details of transfers of I~nH vehicles and

remaining major supplies mentioned in Article 9 I) in the case of Multi-donor Actions and where the EU contribution is not earmarked a confirmation

from the Organisation that an amount corresponding to that the Contracting Authority has been used in accordance with the obligations laid down in this and that costs that were not for the Authority have been covered other donors contributions

39 The shall submit a report for every period as in the Conditions as from the commencement of the Implementation Period unless otherwise in the

Conditionsl Reporting narrative as well as shall cover the whole Action regardless

of whether this Action is entirely or partly fmanced by EU funds reports shall be submitted within 60 after the period covered by sllch For EU External Actions and CFSP the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest six months after the end of the Implementation Period For Internal Policies the fmal report shall be submitted at the latest three months after the end of the Implementation Period

declaration and audit or control opinion under Delegation Agre4~meDits

Management declaration shall be accompanied by a management declaration in accordance with

unless in the fields of EU External Actions and Article 15 of the an annual management declaration shall be sent to the European

Commission headquarters tUA-J from the provided under this Agreement

I For EU External Actions and CFSP by default the reporting is every 12 months as from the commencement of the Implementation Period

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 5

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

communicated to a third on a confidential basis when the rules upon the or the European Commission when it is not the Contracting Authority so require In no case can disclosure put into jeopardy the Parties and immunities or the and of the Parties staff Contractors or the Final Beneficiaries of the Action

62 The Parties shall obtain each others prior written consent before publicly disclosing such confidential information unless a) the agrees to release the other from the earlier confidentiality

obligations or

b) the confidential information becomes public through other means than in breach of the confidentiality by the bound by that or

c) the disclosure of confidential information is by law or by Regulations and Rules established in accordance with the basic constitutive document of any of the Parties

63 The Parties shall remain bound by confidentiality for five years after the End Date of the Agreement or as specified the at the time of communication

64 Where the European Commission is not the Contracting Authority it shall still have access to all documents communicated to the Authority and shall maintain the same level of confidentiality

Article 7 Data Protection

The Organisation shall ensure an nnlnriltf protection of personal data in accordance with its applicable Regulations and Rules

Article 8 Communication and visibility

81 The shaH implement the Conununication and Visibility Plan detailed in Annex VI

82 Unless the Commission or agrees the Organisation shall take all appropriate measures to the fact that the Action has received from the EU Information to the press and to the Final as well as all related publicity material official notices reports and publications shall acknowledge that the Action was carried out with funding by the European Union and shall display the EU logo (twelve yellow stars on a blue background) in an way Publications the Organisation to the Action in whatever form and whatever medium the shall carry the following disclaimer This document was produced with the fmancial assistance of the European Union The views expressed herein can in no way be taken to reflect the official opinion of the Union In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP such measures shall be carried out in accordance with the Communication and Visibility Manua12 published by the European Commission or with any other guidelines agreed between the European Commission and the Organisation

83 If during the implementation of the Action equipment vehicles or major supplies are purchased using EU funds the shall display acknowledgement on such equipment or major including the display of the EU logo (twelve stars on a blue background) Where such display could the privileges and immunities or the of the

staff or of the Final the Organisation shall propose appropriate alternative arrangements The acknowledgement and the EU logo shall be of such a size and prominence as to be clearly visible in a manner that shall not create any confusion the identification of the Action as an activity of the Organisation nor the of the equipment vehicles or major supplies by the

84 In the case of EU External Actions and CFSP if in application of Article the equipment vehicles or purchased EU funds have not been transferred to the local authorities local local Grant Beneficiaries or Final Beneficiaries when submitting the fmal report the visibility requirements as this equipment vehicles or major supplies (in

of the EU logo) shall continue to apply between submission of the fmal and

2 Communication and Visibility Manual for EU External Actions available at

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Page 7

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

Evaluation and missions by of the European Commission or Authority shall be planned ahead and completed in a collaborative manner between the staff of the Organisation and the European Commissions (or the Contracting Authoritys) representatives ~~P in mind the commitment of the Parties to the effective and efficient operation of the Agret~m(mt European Commission (or the and the Organisation shall agree on procedural matters in advance The European Commission the Authority) shall make the draft report of the evaluation or monitoring mission available to the Organisation for comments prior to fmal issuance The European Commission (or the Contracting Authority) shall send the fmal report to the Organisation once issued

Article 11 Amendment to the Agreement

ILl amendment to this its annexes shall be set out in writing in an addendum by both Parties This lllvUlt can only be amended before the End Date

112 The Party shall m any amendment 30 before the amendment is intended to enter into force and no later than 30 days before the End unless there are circumstances duly substantiated by it and accepted by the other Party The other Party shall notify its decision regarding the amendment proposed in due time and in any case no later than 30 days after the date when the amendment was received

113 from Articles 111 and II where an amendment to Annex I andor Annex III does not affect the main purpose of the Action such as its objectives strategy and areas and the fmancial impact is limited to a transfer within a heading cancellation or introduction of an or a transfer between budget involving a variation (as the case may be in cumulative terms) of 25 or less of the amount originally entered (or as amended by a written addendum) in relation to each concerned the may unilaterally amend Annex I andor Annex III and shall inform the Contracting Authority accordingly in at the latest in the next The may in with the Contracting Authority outputs the Indicators and their related targets baselines and sources of verification described in Annex I and in the logical framework if the change does not affect the main purpose of the Action

114 The method described in Article 113 shall not be used to amend the reserve nor the rate for remunerationindirect costs or the amounts or rates of simplified cost options Under a PA Grant Agreement amendments shall not have the purpose or the effect of such to the

as would call into question the award decision or where applicable be contrary to the treatment of applicants

115 Annex VI may be vuuU5 by the with the LUJVIla COIllI1n1SSlOn without the need for a formal addendum to the

116 to the Contracting Where changes of bank account must be speC111eCl in the for payment using the financial identification form attached as Annex IV

Article 12

Suspension of the time limit for 121 The Authority may suspend the time limit for payment following a payment

by the that either a) the amount is not or b) the appropriate supporting documents have not been provided and therefore the Contracting

Authority needs to request clarifications modifications or additional information to the narrative or fmancial Such clarifications or additional information may notably be by the

Authority if it has doubt about the with its obligations in the implementation of the Action or

c) credible information has come to the notice of the Contracting Authority that in doubt the eligibility of the costs or

d) under a credible information has come to the notice of the vVULlvllU~ Authority that indicates a significant deficiency in the functioning of the Internal Control System of the or that the expenditure by the Organisation is linked to a serious irregularity and has not been corrected In this case the Contracting Authority may suspend the

deadline if it is necessary to prevent damage to the EOs financial interests PAGoDA 2 December 2016

Annex II Generdl Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

the Organisation shall be entitled to the reimbursement of the minimum costs including new legal commitments necessary for a possible resumption of the implementation of the or of the Action The Parties shall agree on such costs including the reimbursement of legal commitments entered into for the Action before the notification of the was received which the cannot reasonably suspend reallocate or terminate on This is without prejudice to any amendments to the which may be necessary to adapt the Action to the new implementing conditions including if the extension of the Period and for

the contracting or to the termination of the in accordance with Article 133 In case of suspension due to Force Majeure or if the Action is a Multi-donor Action the deadline under Delegation and the Implementation Period are automatically extended an amount of time to the duration of the suspeJnsion

Article 13 Termination

131 Without prejudice to any other provision of these General Conditions or penalties foreseen in the EU Financial Regulation where applicable and with due regard to the principle of proportionality the

Authority may terminate the if the Organisation

a) fails to fulfil a substantial obligation incumbent on it under the terms of the b) is guilty of or submits false or incomplete statements to obtain the EU

lrrVlnp~ reports that do not reflect reality to obtain or keep the EU contribution without cause

c) is bankrupt or wound up or is to any other similar pr()CeeOl~ngs d) is guilty of grave misconduct proven by any justified means e) has committed corruption or any other activity to the detriment of the EDs fmancial

interests on the basis of in the of the f) fails to comply with the obligations in accordance with Article 315 g) has committed any of the described in Article 123 on the basis of in the iJvo

of the Contracting Authority

132 Before terminating the Agreement in accordance with Article formally notify the Organisation of its intention to terminate observations (including for remedial within 30 notification this period and until the termination takes may iJu the time limit for any payment in accordance with Article 122 as a precautionary measure

the immediately in writing If the Organisation does not submit observations or if after examination of the observations submitted by the Organisation the Contracting Authority decides to pursue the termination the Contracting Authority may terminate the 7 days prior notice During that period the may refer the matter to the responsible director in the Commission Where the Authority is the European the termination will take effect if and when confirmed by the director Where the is not the European the referral to the director in the Commission will not the effects of the decision of the Contracting In case of termination the Contracting Authority may demand full repayment of any amounts paid in excess of the fmal amount determined in accordance with Article 20 after allowing the to submit its observations

shall be entitled to claim by the other on account of the termination of

133 If at any time either believes that the purpose of the can no be effectively or appropriately carried out it shall consult the other Party agreement on a solution either may terminate the by 60 days written notice In this case the final amount shall cover a) payment only for the part of the Action carried out up to the date of

in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 the unavoidable residual eX1Jerldi1tun~s incurred during the notice period

c) in the situations described in Articles 125 and 126 under a reimbursement of commitments the entered into for implementing the

Action before the written notice on termination was received it and which the Organisation cannot reasonably terminate on

The Authority shall recover the part in accordance with Article IS

PAGoDA 2 December 20 16

Annex II General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

c) in UUlU1UoC justified by the the fmancial interests of the may when it has justified gf(mflds to believe that the amount due

would be lost recover by offsetting before the deadline in the debit note without the Organisations prior consent

154 If the fails to repay the due date the amount due shall be increased by late payment interest calculated at the rate indicated in Article I The interest shall be payable for the period elapsing from the day after the of the time limit for up to and including the date when the Contracting Authority actually receives payment in full of the amount partial payment shall first cover the interest

155 Bank charges incurred from the rprTngtn of amounts due to the Authority shall be borne by the Organisation

156 Where the Commission is not the Authority it may if necessary proceed itself to the recovery

157 Where the Authority is the European it may waive the recovery in accordance with the principle of Sound Financial Management and proportionality or it shall cancel the amount in the event of a mistake

Article 16 Accounts and archiving

Accounting 161 The Organisation shall keep accurate and records and accounts of the implementation of the

Action The accounting Regulations and Rules of the Organisation shall apply provided that these and Rules conform to internationally accepted standards Financial transactions and

fmancial statements shall be subject to the internal and external auditing procedures laid down in the Regulations and Rules of the

162 For a period of five years from the End Date and in any case until anyon-going audit verification appeal litigation or pursuit of claim or by the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) if notified to the has been the shall and make available ao_V~UllJl~ to Article 17 all relevant financial information (originals or copies) related to the and to any Procurement Contracts Grant agreements and fmancial support to third concluded under this

Article 17 Access and financial checks

171 The Organisation shall allow the or any authorised representatives to conduct desk reviews and checks on the use made of the EU contribution on the basis of supporting accounting documents and any other document related to the of the Action

172 The Organisation agrees that OLAF may carry out investigations including checks in accordance with the provisions laid down by EU law for the of the fmancial interests of the EU fraud and any other illegal

173 The Organisation agrees that the execution of this may be to scrutiny by the Court of Auditors when the Court of Auditors audits the European Commissions implementation of EU expenditure In such case the Organisation shall provide to the Court of Auditors access to the information that is for the Court to its duties

174 To that the undertakes to provide officials of the OLAF and the European Court of Auditors and their authorised agents upon request information and access to any documents and computerised data concerning the technical and fmancial management of operations fmanced under the as well as grant them access to sites and at which such operations are carried out The shall take all necessary measures to facilitate these checks in accordance with its Regulations and Rules The documents and data may include information which the Organisation considers confidential in accordance with its own established Regulations and Rules or as contractual Such information once provided to the Commission the Court of Auditors or any other authorised shall be treated in accordance with EU confidentiality rules and legislation

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 Annex 1 - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agreements Page

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

b cost of and assets for EU External Actions and the asset or is specifically purchased for the Action and ownership is transferred in accordance

with Article 9 c taxes and ~uW~h~V including VAT that are recoverabledeductible by the Organisation d return of capital e debts and debt service vU~ovu

f provision for losses debts or potential future H-U g charges for the transfers from the Contracting Authority h costs incurred during the suspension of the implementation of the except the minimum

costs on in accordance with Article 128 1 costs declared by the under another agreement financed the European Union

budget (including through the Development J contributions in kind The cost of staff to the Action and actually incurred by the

Organisation is not a contribution in kind and may be declared as direct ~IUlv cost if it complies with the conditions set out in Article 181

k costs of of land or buildings unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions I for PA Grants costs of the of national except if stated in the

Conditions and if they relate to activities which the relevant public authority would not carry out if the Action were not undertaken

Simplified cost options

185 Direct costs may also be declared by any or a combination of unit costs lump sums and flat-rate The methods used the to determine unit costs lump sums or flat-rates shall comply with the principles provided in Articles 181 182 and 184 be clearly described and substantiated in Annex III shall avoid double funding of costs and shall ensure reasonably that no

These methods shall be based on the Organisations historical or actual accounting practices or on external information where available and appropriate

186 Costs declared under cost do not need to be backed by or supporting documents except if they are necessary to demonstrate that the costs have been declared according to the method or cost accounting practices and that the qualitative and quantitative conditions defined in Annex I and III have been respe~teij

187 hourly daily or is calculated the number of annual productive units hours days or half-days) a) For the number of annual productive the may choose one of the

i) 1720 hours or 215 days or 430 half-days for persons working full time (or corresponding pro-rata for persons not working full time)

ii) the total number of hours or days or worked by the person in the year for the defined as the annual workable hours or days or half-days of the person

laquovv to the employment contract applicable labour agreement or national law) plus overtime worked minus absences (such as sick leave and special

iii) the standard number of annual hours or days or half-days generally applied by the Organisation for its staff in accordance with its usual cost accounting practices This number must be at least 90 of the standard annual workable hours or days or half-days

For the purposes of points (Ii) and the annual workable hours or days or period during which the staff must be at the out hisher or duties under the employment contract applicable collective labour agreement or national working time legislation

b) The number of actual units or or half-days) declared by the Organisation shall be necessary for the implementation of the Action and shall be identifiable and verifiable

188 The total amount declared on the basis of simplified cost options may not exceed EUR 60000 unless otherwise provided for in the Special Conditions The ceiling of EUR 60000 does not apply to staff costs determined on the basis of the usual accounting of the Organisation as referred to in

Article 187 nor to the costs of project offices where declared using a simplified allocation method as set out in the Special Conditions

PAGoDA 2 December 2016 AMex II - General for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 15

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

a) on expiry of the time limits for payments specified in Article 191 if the Organisation is not an EU

Member State it shall receive interest on late payment based on the rate applied by the European Central Bank for its main refmancing operations in Euros (Reference Rate) increased by three and a half percentage points The Reference Rate shall be the rate in force on the fust day of the month in which the time limit for payment expires as published in the C series of the Official Journal of the EU

b) the suspension of the time limit for payment by the Contracting Authority in accordance with Article 12 or 13 sha11 not be considered as late payment

c) interest on late payment shall cover the period running from the day following the due date for payment up to and including the date of actual payment as established in Article 191 Any partial payment shaH fust cover the interest

d) by way of exception to point (c) when the interest calculated in accordance with this provision is lower than or equal to EUR 200 the Contracting Authority shaH pay such interest to the Organisation only upon request from the Organisation submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

e) by way of exception to point (c) when the Contracting Authority is not the European Commission and the European Commission does not make the payments the Organisation shall be entitled to late payment interest upon its request submitted within two months of it receiving late payment

f) for the purpose of Article 232 the interest sha11 not be treated as a receipt

Article 20 Final amount of the ED contribution

201 The Contracting Authority shall determine the fmal amount of the EU contribution when approving the Organisations final report The Contracting Authority shall then determine the balance a) to be paid to the Organisation in accordance with Article 19 where the fmal amount of the EU

contribution is higher than the total amount already paid to the Organisation or b) to be recovered from the Organisation in accordance with Article 15 where the fmal amount of

the EU contribution is lower than the total amount already paid to the Organisation

202 Without prejudice to Article 23 the fmal amount shall be the lower of the foHowing amounts

a) the maximum EU Contribution referred to in Article 31 (for Delegation Agreements) and Article 32 (for PA Grant Agreements) of the Special Conditions in terms of absolute value

b) the amount obtained after reduction of the EU contribution in accordance with Article 203 c) for PA Grant Agreements only the amount obtained by applying the percentage laid down in

Article 32 of the Special Conditions to the eligible costs of the Action approved by the

Contracting Authority

203 Where the Action is not implemented is not implemented in line with the Agreement is implemented partially or late the Contracting Authority may after allowing the Organisation to submit its observations reduce the EU contribution in proportion to the seriousness of the above mentioned situations If there is a disagreement between the Organisation and the Contracting Authority on the reduction the Organisation may refer the matter to the responsible director in the European Commission

Part II Additional Provisions applicable only to Delegation Agreements

Article 21 Ex-post publication of information on Contractors and Grant Beneficiaries

211 The Organisation shall publish on an annual basis on its internet site the following information on Procurement Contracts exceeding EUR 15000 and all Grants fmanced by the EU title of the contractproject nature and purpose of the contractproject name and locality of the Contractor or Grant Beneficiary and amount of the contractproject The term locality shall mean the address for legal persons and the Region on NUTS 2 level or equivalent for natural persons This information shall not be published for scholarships paid to natural persons and other direct support paid to natural persons in most need This information shall be published with due observance of the requirements of

confidentiality security and in particular the protection of personal data The publication shall be

) Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics available at httpeceumpaeuJeurostatlramon

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 AlU1ex II - General Conditions for PA Grant or Delegation Agreements Page 17

information can be provided through the authorised persons or via consultation with the European Commission as referred in Article 56 of the Special Conditions4

P ART III Additional provisions applicable only to PA Grants

Article 23 No Profit

231 The EU contribution may not produce a profit in the framework of the Action unless specified otherwise in Article 7 of the Special Conditions Profit is defined as a surplus of the receipts over the eligible costs approved by the Contracting Authority when the request for payment of the balance is made

232 The receipts to be taken into account are the consolidated receipts on the date on which the payment request for the balance is made by the Organisation that fall within one of the two following categories a) income generated by the Action unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions b) fmancial contributions specifically assigned by the donors to the fmancing of the same eligible costs fmanced by the Agreement and declared by the Organisation as actual costs under the Agreement Any fmancial contribution that may be used by the Organisation to cover costs other than those eligible under this Agreement or that are not due to the donor where unused at the end of the Action are not to be considered as a receipt to be taken into account for the purpose of verifying whether the EU contribution produces a profit in the framework of the Action

23 3 Where the fmal amount of the EU contribution determined in accordance with the Agreement would result in a profit it shall be reduced by the percentage of the profit corresponding to the fmal EU contribution to the eligible costs actually incurred approved by the Contracting Authority

234 The provisions in Articles 231 to 233 sha1l not apply to a) Actions the objective of which is the reinforcement of the fmancial capacity of the Organisation if

specified in Article 7 of the Special Conditions b) Actions which generate an income to ensure their continuity beyond the end of this Agreement if

specified in Article 7 of the Special Conditions c) EU contributions of EUR 60000 or less

Article 24 Contracting

241 Where the implementation of the Action requires the procurement of goods works or services the Organisation shall award the Procurement Contracts to the tender offering best value for money or as appropriate to the tender offering the lowest price In doing so it shall avoid any conflict of interests Where the procurement rules and procedures of the Organisation have been positively assessed by the European Commission Procurement Contracts awarded in line with the assessed rules and procedures are deemed compliant with the aforementioned principles

242 In the field of EU External Actions where the Organisation or another donor provides co-fmancing other than in-kind contributions to the Action the origin of the goods and the nationality of the organisations companies and experts selected for carrying out activities in the Action sha1l be determined in accordance with the Organisation s Regulations and Rules However and in any event goods organisations companies and experts eligible under the applicable regulatory provisions of the European Union sha1l be eligible

4 The Organisation shall be allowed to have direct access to the Early Detection and Exclusion System through an authorised person when

the Organisation certifies to the Contracting Authority service responsible that it applies the adequate data protection measures as providerl in the Regulation (EC) No 451200 I of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2000 on the protection of individuals

with regard to the processing of personal data by the Community institutions and bodies and on the free movement of such data (OJ L 8

12 12001 p 1)

PAGoDA 2 - December 20 16 Annex II - General Conditions for P A Grant or Delegation Agre ments Page 19

Annex III

Budget of the Action

Annex 3 Budget

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION IUNIT COSTS IN EUR

UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS

(Yl)

TOTAL COSTS

(Y2) TOTAL COSTS

(Y3) TOTAL

u IIHAgtt

Detailed results oriented project work plan design incl LOGFRAME risk and stakeholder analysis work plan monitoring plan budget prepared Ktgtl

11-00

I

International Expert Staff (2 people) 12000 Month 3 (x2) 72000 72000

15-00

16-00

Project loca l travel (whole per iod)

UNIDO Monitoring (travel)

5000

3500

Lump

sum

Miss ions

1

1

5000

3500

5000

3500

17-00 National Staff Month 16100 16100

30-00 Train ing of Trainers on technical subjects Lump

sum 1 5000 5000

43-00 Office rent 1000 Month 3 3000 3000

45middot00 Office facilitieslaptops 5printerl 6000 6000

51-00 Sundries (vehicle operation s and maintenance comunication printing and

translation and other miscellaneous expensesutilities)

Lump

sum 1 10000 10000

Subtotal UO6OO 120600

RESULT 1

The institutional capacities of the four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship

Centres (VTECs) in terms of planning management development and staff training in relation to the

needs of Sudans economic modernization programme proposed TVET policy and SDG 9 and 4 to be

mainstreamed with a view to developing market- and demand-driven vocational technical training

and relevant professional skills improved

21-00 Sub Contract - Rehabilitationof t ra ining centres Lumpsum 4 (1 x4VTC)

4 (1 x4VTC)

80000

150000

40000

150000

40000

100000

160000

400000 45-00 Equipment for trainingsprocessing activities and toolkits Lumpsum

Subtotal 230000 190000 140000 560000 RESULT 2 The staff of the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) the Ministry

of Industry Human Resources Development and Labour will be engaged in several capacity building

efforts on a sustainable basis to implement a sound Human Resource Development (HRD) policy for

registered migrant youth and to develop a direct link and a Medium Term Plan with the private

sector agencies and enterprises to support job creation and self-employed Start-ups as

development alternatives to migration

I

30-00 Traini ng ofTrainers on t echnical subjects Lumpsum 50000 81500 131500

SUbtotal - - - - - ---shy

SOOOO 8]500 13UOO

RESULT 7

Project management implemented

11-00 International Expert Staff as per explanatory note 84567 169134 84567 338268

bull Lump15-00 Project local travel (whole period) 3 5000 10000 10000 25000

sum 16-00 UNIDO Monitoring (travel) 3500 Missions 5 3500 7000 7000 17500

17-00 National Staff as per explanatory note 74300 122400 122400 319100

43-00 Office rent 1000 month 33 9000 12000 12000 33000 Sundries (Communication amp Promotion (EU PAGODA) vehicle operations and I

51-00 maintenance comunication printing and translation and other miscellaneous month 33 11112 39559 55000 105671 eXDensesutilitie~

Subtotal 187479 3W093 290967 838S39

RESULT 8 I

I MampE

11-00 17-00 Independent evaluation and monitoring

Lump 2 16000 16000 32000

16-0051-00 sum

Subtotal 16000 16000 32000 T 821079 1083410 822784 2727273 indirect cost (7) 57476 75839 57595 190909 Total contincency 3 24632 32502 24684 81818 Grand Total 903187 11917~1 905062 3000000

-

Explanatory Note regarding the Budget in Annex 3

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION UNIT COSTS IN EUR UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS (Yl) TOTAL COSTS (Y2) TOTAL COSTS (Y3) TOTAL Remarks

RESULT 0 INEPTION PHASE I I

estimated costs of international naff Idude

11-00 International staff

Inception Phase TL 12000 Month 3 36000 36000 The lumpsum of 02000 includes fee

travelDSA terminals for 21 days

The IP will last 3 months and will

12000 Month 3 36000 36000 require a TL for the whole period and 1

VTCs Expert additional expert on VTCs

72000

Estimated costs of national staff include

17-00 National staff

Nation al Coordinator 2500 Month 1 2500 2500

Financial Officer 2500 Month 3 7500 7500

ITDa ta management Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Gender Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Administrative Assistant

Driver 700 Month 3 2100 2100

16100

Estimated cost for eqUipment include

45-00 Equipment

Office Facilit ies laptops Sprinter1 Unit 6 6000 6000

6000 - - -

Annex IV

Financial Identification Form

FINANCIAL IDENTIFICA nON

PRIVACY STATEMENT

ACCOUNT NAME (3)

ACCOUNT NAME (11 ~=======~==~==~~~~~~~==~

ADDRESS~~~~~~~~~===================================l1

TOWNCITY L=--~___________----I POSTCODE COUNTRYL-____________________~

(fJ The name OItittle rteiwhiClithe aiXoiiiJtha$beentipe_~nOtthe lfa1i1aftlJe authorized agent

CONTACT ~==================~------~==================~I TELEPHONE~==================~--~~~==================~I

~___~___~_____________________________JIE-MAIL

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT

(2) the ISAN Ctide(lntematiohal Bailk 3ecout numbet) is apPlied in the cOUhtfyWh~ your bank is situated

REMARKS

llJ PETER ULBRICH

toAiittalCJfa copy ofrecent bank statement~ Please note that the bank vi 1 the information IIstedabove under ACCOUNT NAME and SANK

In thIs case the mp of the bank and the signature of the banks representative are not required The signature 01 the account-holder is obligatory in all cases

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

Annex III

Budget of the Action

Annex 3 Budget

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION IUNIT COSTS IN EUR

UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS

(Yl)

TOTAL COSTS

(Y2) TOTAL COSTS

(Y3) TOTAL

u IIHAgtt

Detailed results oriented project work plan design incl LOGFRAME risk and stakeholder analysis work plan monitoring plan budget prepared Ktgtl

11-00

I

International Expert Staff (2 people) 12000 Month 3 (x2) 72000 72000

15-00

16-00

Project loca l travel (whole per iod)

UNIDO Monitoring (travel)

5000

3500

Lump

sum

Miss ions

1

1

5000

3500

5000

3500

17-00 National Staff Month 16100 16100

30-00 Train ing of Trainers on technical subjects Lump

sum 1 5000 5000

43-00 Office rent 1000 Month 3 3000 3000

45middot00 Office facilitieslaptops 5printerl 6000 6000

51-00 Sundries (vehicle operation s and maintenance comunication printing and

translation and other miscellaneous expensesutilities)

Lump

sum 1 10000 10000

Subtotal UO6OO 120600

RESULT 1

The institutional capacities of the four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship

Centres (VTECs) in terms of planning management development and staff training in relation to the

needs of Sudans economic modernization programme proposed TVET policy and SDG 9 and 4 to be

mainstreamed with a view to developing market- and demand-driven vocational technical training

and relevant professional skills improved

21-00 Sub Contract - Rehabilitationof t ra ining centres Lumpsum 4 (1 x4VTC)

4 (1 x4VTC)

80000

150000

40000

150000

40000

100000

160000

400000 45-00 Equipment for trainingsprocessing activities and toolkits Lumpsum

Subtotal 230000 190000 140000 560000 RESULT 2 The staff of the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) the Ministry

of Industry Human Resources Development and Labour will be engaged in several capacity building

efforts on a sustainable basis to implement a sound Human Resource Development (HRD) policy for

registered migrant youth and to develop a direct link and a Medium Term Plan with the private

sector agencies and enterprises to support job creation and self-employed Start-ups as

development alternatives to migration

I

30-00 Traini ng ofTrainers on t echnical subjects Lumpsum 50000 81500 131500

SUbtotal - - - - - ---shy

SOOOO 8]500 13UOO

RESULT 7

Project management implemented

11-00 International Expert Staff as per explanatory note 84567 169134 84567 338268

bull Lump15-00 Project local travel (whole period) 3 5000 10000 10000 25000

sum 16-00 UNIDO Monitoring (travel) 3500 Missions 5 3500 7000 7000 17500

17-00 National Staff as per explanatory note 74300 122400 122400 319100

43-00 Office rent 1000 month 33 9000 12000 12000 33000 Sundries (Communication amp Promotion (EU PAGODA) vehicle operations and I

51-00 maintenance comunication printing and translation and other miscellaneous month 33 11112 39559 55000 105671 eXDensesutilitie~

Subtotal 187479 3W093 290967 838S39

RESULT 8 I

I MampE

11-00 17-00 Independent evaluation and monitoring

Lump 2 16000 16000 32000

16-0051-00 sum

Subtotal 16000 16000 32000 T 821079 1083410 822784 2727273 indirect cost (7) 57476 75839 57595 190909 Total contincency 3 24632 32502 24684 81818 Grand Total 903187 11917~1 905062 3000000

-

Explanatory Note regarding the Budget in Annex 3

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION UNIT COSTS IN EUR UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS (Yl) TOTAL COSTS (Y2) TOTAL COSTS (Y3) TOTAL Remarks

RESULT 0 INEPTION PHASE I I

estimated costs of international naff Idude

11-00 International staff

Inception Phase TL 12000 Month 3 36000 36000 The lumpsum of 02000 includes fee

travelDSA terminals for 21 days

The IP will last 3 months and will

12000 Month 3 36000 36000 require a TL for the whole period and 1

VTCs Expert additional expert on VTCs

72000

Estimated costs of national staff include

17-00 National staff

Nation al Coordinator 2500 Month 1 2500 2500

Financial Officer 2500 Month 3 7500 7500

ITDa ta management Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Gender Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Administrative Assistant

Driver 700 Month 3 2100 2100

16100

Estimated cost for eqUipment include

45-00 Equipment

Office Facilit ies laptops Sprinter1 Unit 6 6000 6000

6000 - - -

Annex IV

Financial Identification Form

FINANCIAL IDENTIFICA nON

PRIVACY STATEMENT

ACCOUNT NAME (3)

ACCOUNT NAME (11 ~=======~==~==~~~~~~~==~

ADDRESS~~~~~~~~~===================================l1

TOWNCITY L=--~___________----I POSTCODE COUNTRYL-____________________~

(fJ The name OItittle rteiwhiClithe aiXoiiiJtha$beentipe_~nOtthe lfa1i1aftlJe authorized agent

CONTACT ~==================~------~==================~I TELEPHONE~==================~--~~~==================~I

~___~___~_____________________________JIE-MAIL

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT

(2) the ISAN Ctide(lntematiohal Bailk 3ecout numbet) is apPlied in the cOUhtfyWh~ your bank is situated

REMARKS

llJ PETER ULBRICH

toAiittalCJfa copy ofrecent bank statement~ Please note that the bank vi 1 the information IIstedabove under ACCOUNT NAME and SANK

In thIs case the mp of the bank and the signature of the banks representative are not required The signature 01 the account-holder is obligatory in all cases

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

Annex 3 Budget

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION IUNIT COSTS IN EUR

UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS

(Yl)

TOTAL COSTS

(Y2) TOTAL COSTS

(Y3) TOTAL

u IIHAgtt

Detailed results oriented project work plan design incl LOGFRAME risk and stakeholder analysis work plan monitoring plan budget prepared Ktgtl

11-00

I

International Expert Staff (2 people) 12000 Month 3 (x2) 72000 72000

15-00

16-00

Project loca l travel (whole per iod)

UNIDO Monitoring (travel)

5000

3500

Lump

sum

Miss ions

1

1

5000

3500

5000

3500

17-00 National Staff Month 16100 16100

30-00 Train ing of Trainers on technical subjects Lump

sum 1 5000 5000

43-00 Office rent 1000 Month 3 3000 3000

45middot00 Office facilitieslaptops 5printerl 6000 6000

51-00 Sundries (vehicle operation s and maintenance comunication printing and

translation and other miscellaneous expensesutilities)

Lump

sum 1 10000 10000

Subtotal UO6OO 120600

RESULT 1

The institutional capacities of the four Khartoum State Vocational Training and Entrepreneurship

Centres (VTECs) in terms of planning management development and staff training in relation to the

needs of Sudans economic modernization programme proposed TVET policy and SDG 9 and 4 to be

mainstreamed with a view to developing market- and demand-driven vocational technical training

and relevant professional skills improved

21-00 Sub Contract - Rehabilitationof t ra ining centres Lumpsum 4 (1 x4VTC)

4 (1 x4VTC)

80000

150000

40000

150000

40000

100000

160000

400000 45-00 Equipment for trainingsprocessing activities and toolkits Lumpsum

Subtotal 230000 190000 140000 560000 RESULT 2 The staff of the Supreme Council for Vocational Training and Apprenticeship (SCVTA) the Ministry

of Industry Human Resources Development and Labour will be engaged in several capacity building

efforts on a sustainable basis to implement a sound Human Resource Development (HRD) policy for

registered migrant youth and to develop a direct link and a Medium Term Plan with the private

sector agencies and enterprises to support job creation and self-employed Start-ups as

development alternatives to migration

I

30-00 Traini ng ofTrainers on t echnical subjects Lumpsum 50000 81500 131500

SUbtotal - - - - - ---shy

SOOOO 8]500 13UOO

RESULT 7

Project management implemented

11-00 International Expert Staff as per explanatory note 84567 169134 84567 338268

bull Lump15-00 Project local travel (whole period) 3 5000 10000 10000 25000

sum 16-00 UNIDO Monitoring (travel) 3500 Missions 5 3500 7000 7000 17500

17-00 National Staff as per explanatory note 74300 122400 122400 319100

43-00 Office rent 1000 month 33 9000 12000 12000 33000 Sundries (Communication amp Promotion (EU PAGODA) vehicle operations and I

51-00 maintenance comunication printing and translation and other miscellaneous month 33 11112 39559 55000 105671 eXDensesutilitie~

Subtotal 187479 3W093 290967 838S39

RESULT 8 I

I MampE

11-00 17-00 Independent evaluation and monitoring

Lump 2 16000 16000 32000

16-0051-00 sum

Subtotal 16000 16000 32000 T 821079 1083410 822784 2727273 indirect cost (7) 57476 75839 57595 190909 Total contincency 3 24632 32502 24684 81818 Grand Total 903187 11917~1 905062 3000000

-

Explanatory Note regarding the Budget in Annex 3

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION UNIT COSTS IN EUR UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS (Yl) TOTAL COSTS (Y2) TOTAL COSTS (Y3) TOTAL Remarks

RESULT 0 INEPTION PHASE I I

estimated costs of international naff Idude

11-00 International staff

Inception Phase TL 12000 Month 3 36000 36000 The lumpsum of 02000 includes fee

travelDSA terminals for 21 days

The IP will last 3 months and will

12000 Month 3 36000 36000 require a TL for the whole period and 1

VTCs Expert additional expert on VTCs

72000

Estimated costs of national staff include

17-00 National staff

Nation al Coordinator 2500 Month 1 2500 2500

Financial Officer 2500 Month 3 7500 7500

ITDa ta management Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Gender Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Administrative Assistant

Driver 700 Month 3 2100 2100

16100

Estimated cost for eqUipment include

45-00 Equipment

Office Facilit ies laptops Sprinter1 Unit 6 6000 6000

6000 - - -

Annex IV

Financial Identification Form

FINANCIAL IDENTIFICA nON

PRIVACY STATEMENT

ACCOUNT NAME (3)

ACCOUNT NAME (11 ~=======~==~==~~~~~~~==~

ADDRESS~~~~~~~~~===================================l1

TOWNCITY L=--~___________----I POSTCODE COUNTRYL-____________________~

(fJ The name OItittle rteiwhiClithe aiXoiiiJtha$beentipe_~nOtthe lfa1i1aftlJe authorized agent

CONTACT ~==================~------~==================~I TELEPHONE~==================~--~~~==================~I

~___~___~_____________________________JIE-MAIL

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT

(2) the ISAN Ctide(lntematiohal Bailk 3ecout numbet) is apPlied in the cOUhtfyWh~ your bank is situated

REMARKS

llJ PETER ULBRICH

toAiittalCJfa copy ofrecent bank statement~ Please note that the bank vi 1 the information IIstedabove under ACCOUNT NAME and SANK

In thIs case the mp of the bank and the signature of the banks representative are not required The signature 01 the account-holder is obligatory in all cases

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

RESULT 7

Project management implemented

11-00 International Expert Staff as per explanatory note 84567 169134 84567 338268

bull Lump15-00 Project local travel (whole period) 3 5000 10000 10000 25000

sum 16-00 UNIDO Monitoring (travel) 3500 Missions 5 3500 7000 7000 17500

17-00 National Staff as per explanatory note 74300 122400 122400 319100

43-00 Office rent 1000 month 33 9000 12000 12000 33000 Sundries (Communication amp Promotion (EU PAGODA) vehicle operations and I

51-00 maintenance comunication printing and translation and other miscellaneous month 33 11112 39559 55000 105671 eXDensesutilitie~

Subtotal 187479 3W093 290967 838S39

RESULT 8 I

I MampE

11-00 17-00 Independent evaluation and monitoring

Lump 2 16000 16000 32000

16-0051-00 sum

Subtotal 16000 16000 32000 T 821079 1083410 822784 2727273 indirect cost (7) 57476 75839 57595 190909 Total contincency 3 24632 32502 24684 81818 Grand Total 903187 11917~1 905062 3000000

-

Explanatory Note regarding the Budget in Annex 3

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION UNIT COSTS IN EUR UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS (Yl) TOTAL COSTS (Y2) TOTAL COSTS (Y3) TOTAL Remarks

RESULT 0 INEPTION PHASE I I

estimated costs of international naff Idude

11-00 International staff

Inception Phase TL 12000 Month 3 36000 36000 The lumpsum of 02000 includes fee

travelDSA terminals for 21 days

The IP will last 3 months and will

12000 Month 3 36000 36000 require a TL for the whole period and 1

VTCs Expert additional expert on VTCs

72000

Estimated costs of national staff include

17-00 National staff

Nation al Coordinator 2500 Month 1 2500 2500

Financial Officer 2500 Month 3 7500 7500

ITDa ta management Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Gender Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Administrative Assistant

Driver 700 Month 3 2100 2100

16100

Estimated cost for eqUipment include

45-00 Equipment

Office Facilit ies laptops Sprinter1 Unit 6 6000 6000

6000 - - -

Annex IV

Financial Identification Form

FINANCIAL IDENTIFICA nON

PRIVACY STATEMENT

ACCOUNT NAME (3)

ACCOUNT NAME (11 ~=======~==~==~~~~~~~==~

ADDRESS~~~~~~~~~===================================l1

TOWNCITY L=--~___________----I POSTCODE COUNTRYL-____________________~

(fJ The name OItittle rteiwhiClithe aiXoiiiJtha$beentipe_~nOtthe lfa1i1aftlJe authorized agent

CONTACT ~==================~------~==================~I TELEPHONE~==================~--~~~==================~I

~___~___~_____________________________JIE-MAIL

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT

(2) the ISAN Ctide(lntematiohal Bailk 3ecout numbet) is apPlied in the cOUhtfyWh~ your bank is situated

REMARKS

llJ PETER ULBRICH

toAiittalCJfa copy ofrecent bank statement~ Please note that the bank vi 1 the information IIstedabove under ACCOUNT NAME and SANK

In thIs case the mp of the bank and the signature of the banks representative are not required The signature 01 the account-holder is obligatory in all cases

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

Explanatory Note regarding the Budget in Annex 3

BUDGET LINE DESCRIPTION UNIT COSTS IN EUR UNITS Quantity TOTAL COSTS (Yl) TOTAL COSTS (Y2) TOTAL COSTS (Y3) TOTAL Remarks

RESULT 0 INEPTION PHASE I I

estimated costs of international naff Idude

11-00 International staff

Inception Phase TL 12000 Month 3 36000 36000 The lumpsum of 02000 includes fee

travelDSA terminals for 21 days

The IP will last 3 months and will

12000 Month 3 36000 36000 require a TL for the whole period and 1

VTCs Expert additional expert on VTCs

72000

Estimated costs of national staff include

17-00 National staff

Nation al Coordinator 2500 Month 1 2500 2500

Financial Officer 2500 Month 3 7500 7500

ITDa ta management Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Gender Expert 2000 Month 1 2000 2000

Administrative Assistant

Driver 700 Month 3 2100 2100

16100

Estimated cost for eqUipment include

45-00 Equipment

Office Facilit ies laptops Sprinter1 Unit 6 6000 6000

6000 - - -

Annex IV

Financial Identification Form

FINANCIAL IDENTIFICA nON

PRIVACY STATEMENT

ACCOUNT NAME (3)

ACCOUNT NAME (11 ~=======~==~==~~~~~~~==~

ADDRESS~~~~~~~~~===================================l1

TOWNCITY L=--~___________----I POSTCODE COUNTRYL-____________________~

(fJ The name OItittle rteiwhiClithe aiXoiiiJtha$beentipe_~nOtthe lfa1i1aftlJe authorized agent

CONTACT ~==================~------~==================~I TELEPHONE~==================~--~~~==================~I

~___~___~_____________________________JIE-MAIL

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT

(2) the ISAN Ctide(lntematiohal Bailk 3ecout numbet) is apPlied in the cOUhtfyWh~ your bank is situated

REMARKS

llJ PETER ULBRICH

toAiittalCJfa copy ofrecent bank statement~ Please note that the bank vi 1 the information IIstedabove under ACCOUNT NAME and SANK

In thIs case the mp of the bank and the signature of the banks representative are not required The signature 01 the account-holder is obligatory in all cases

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

Annex IV

Financial Identification Form

FINANCIAL IDENTIFICA nON

PRIVACY STATEMENT

ACCOUNT NAME (3)

ACCOUNT NAME (11 ~=======~==~==~~~~~~~==~

ADDRESS~~~~~~~~~===================================l1

TOWNCITY L=--~___________----I POSTCODE COUNTRYL-____________________~

(fJ The name OItittle rteiwhiClithe aiXoiiiJtha$beentipe_~nOtthe lfa1i1aftlJe authorized agent

CONTACT ~==================~------~==================~I TELEPHONE~==================~--~~~==================~I

~___~___~_____________________________JIE-MAIL

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT

(2) the ISAN Ctide(lntematiohal Bailk 3ecout numbet) is apPlied in the cOUhtfyWh~ your bank is situated

REMARKS

llJ PETER ULBRICH

toAiittalCJfa copy ofrecent bank statement~ Please note that the bank vi 1 the information IIstedabove under ACCOUNT NAME and SANK

In thIs case the mp of the bank and the signature of the banks representative are not required The signature 01 the account-holder is obligatory in all cases

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

FINANCIAL IDENTIFICA nON

PRIVACY STATEMENT

ACCOUNT NAME (3)

ACCOUNT NAME (11 ~=======~==~==~~~~~~~==~

ADDRESS~~~~~~~~~===================================l1

TOWNCITY L=--~___________----I POSTCODE COUNTRYL-____________________~

(fJ The name OItittle rteiwhiClithe aiXoiiiJtha$beentipe_~nOtthe lfa1i1aftlJe authorized agent

CONTACT ~==================~------~==================~I TELEPHONE~==================~--~~~==================~I

~___~___~_____________________________JIE-MAIL

POSTCODE

ACCOUNT

(2) the ISAN Ctide(lntematiohal Bailk 3ecout numbet) is apPlied in the cOUhtfyWh~ your bank is situated

REMARKS

llJ PETER ULBRICH

toAiittalCJfa copy ofrecent bank statement~ Please note that the bank vi 1 the information IIstedabove under ACCOUNT NAME and SANK

In thIs case the mp of the bank and the signature of the banks representative are not required The signature 01 the account-holder is obligatory in all cases

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

Annex V

Template of Paym nt Request

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

ANNEX V

Request for payment for PAGODA

Date of the for ltgt

the of AI17 o~lt ofthe Contracting Authoritygt AH~Ullal unit indicated in the Agreementgt1

ptFmiddot(P number of the Agreement

of

Name and address of the

Request for payment number

Period covered by the payment

Dear SirMadam

I hereby request payment of pre-financinginterim paymentlbalance2 under the mentioned above

amount is [in with Article 4 of the Special Conditions of Agreementthe following

Please fmd U~VH~ the following

II narrative and financial progress report (for pre-financing interim payments)

II and fmancial (for balance)4

should be made to the following bank account 5

when making the payment indicate the following communication

I on honour that the information contained request is full reliable and true that the costs incurred can be considered eligible in accordance with Agreement and that this request for payment is substantiated by adequate supporting documents that can be checked

Yours faithfully

If applicable to address a copy of this letter to the European Union Delegation mentioned in Article 5 of the Conditions of the Agreement Delete the options which do not apply Delete the option which does not apply Delete the items which do not apply Indicate the account number shown on the identification form annexed to the In the event of

of bank account and attach a new identification form as per model

NB Instalments of pre-financing interim payments and final payments shall be made upon approval of the payment request accompanied by Conditions of Agreement)

a progress or tinal report (see Articles J9 and 26 of the General

November 2014 Annex

Page I of I

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

Annex VI

Communication and Visibility Plan

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

COMMUNICATION AND VISilliLITY PLAN

1 Overall communication objectives

The Communication and Visibility plan is designed to highlight the projects external communication activities that are suggested to take place at key throughout the project

Communication actions planned and implemented under this project should ltl1fWAnr1 in tenns of resources timing and expected impact In addition tone style and purpose of the actions to be consistent and clear so that the overall message interests its target audience and provides clarity

The Communication plan will a project activity to influence policy order to strengthen and infonn on policy-making Strong will be prepared for key milestone policyadvocacy work In with the communication and visibility guidelines and to ensure high visibility of the Programme and its activities the following overall objectives are envisaged

bull the project and its results among project beneficiaries member states and a wider audience thereby increasing

bull as the bull on to react to support and benefit from current and

new developments programmes and initiatives in a timely manner build with other projects and initiatives whenever possible

bull awareness and expectations about Programme objectives particularly within target groups as to show the importance of the action and the medium- to long-tenn benefits the project

bull Showcase the project progress achievements results and impact bull Manage positive media (national and international) to positive and

accurate portrayals bull Facilitate project coordination and monitoring among stakeholders This includes

communication related operational the project to its day-to-day as well as guidance and navigation

The plan will also into account specificity of the Action and will provide the framework for communication and visibility actions in all projects implemented by UNIDO High-quality and cost-effective visibility actions will be undertaken by dedicated project staffs and communications officer financed on the basis of cost sharing between the project concerned providing following contributions

bull Advisory support to visibility budgets and evaluations bull Technical support for the implementation of project-specific visibility actions bull Access to Communication Divisions production facilities and (media) network

1 I g e

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-II-02

- Human Resources Development and Labour

- Ministry of Education - Supreme Council for

Vocational Training and Apprenticeship the National Council

Project steering

for Technological Education

- UNIDO~-~~~~~~~~~LLfL~~~ -Composed

committee (PSC) from the principal line Ministries and other relevant public institutions the private sector EU Delegation UNIDO management and other

composition of the defined during project inception

project beneficiaries

Educational Research and other interested TVET institutions

women project coaching coaches

coordinators job experts and business

- partner including NGOs CBOs and BSOs private sector business ~JVHJUV

- Sudan Authorities policy Wilayats local

including the SCVTA NCTTE the National Centres for Curriculum and

- Identify possible bottlenecks and propose mitigation actions

- Ensure ownership and buy-in of project beneficiaries Terms of reference composition of the

- direct and support throughout implementation

- the content of

specific area of workexpertise - Provide regular information about

project activities (trainings workshops and events etc)

- Ensure they are aware of the of the EU and of the project

- Report progress on implementation and results

- information for and guidance

fOlWard

- Raise awareness on the roles and project and ensure all key stakeholders a full understanding of the

Monitor implementation and progress ofproject activities

- effective coordination and cooperation between all involved nun A

-Review project and

-Advise on orientation provide guidance facilitate

learned

partners in the action

31Page

be

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SD-ll-02

bull Create awareness on the project results releaseslMedia and on major project activitiesevents advisories bull Promote media coverage of the project in the

Sudan the internationally

UNIDO website project website

Social media (Facebook group Twitter account Instagram)

Project

Press book

bull Share progress and on a regular basis at the activity level with project beneficiaries stakeholders and project team members

bull Enable main stakeholders to follow the

an information package on the project accessible by all target

bull Share experiences and success stories show progress inform on project build credibility with beneficiaries

of

UNIDO In cooperation project partners

and events with a

bull Constant and up-to-date flow of information to UNIDO for posting project beneficiaries and stakeholders information on the

bull Share practical information on project activities events experiences in real time Project

1PCt towards the project from a in the

bull Provide statements and testimonials from project lJNIDO in partners and beneficiaries cooperation with

project partners and beneficiaries

bull Show the project in and through images bull Can be disseminated during events on

You bull Can be updated during the project lifespan with new

of results ~_m

UNIDO in and its activities

all press published on the project with

reporting purposes and project partners

51P

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SO-l1-02

Estimated 1 workmonth year

inputs Continuously (as part of the ToR)

and consultants to produce inputs for communication materials related to specific Varies according to the expert and consultant project activities

2 Financial resources

UUU~~l allocated to communication activities described in the budget chapter

71Page

Annex VII

Template of Management Declaration

Annex VII Management Declaration

I the undersigned ltinsert forename and surnamegt in my capacity as ltinsert function in the entrusted entity r persongt confirm that in relation to the Agreement ltin ert reference of the concrete Agreementgt (the agreement) based on my own judgement and on the information at my disposal including inter alia the results of the aud its and controls carried out that

I The information submitted under Article 3 General Conditions of the Agreement for the financial period ddmmyyyy to ddlmmyyyy is properly presented complete and accurate

2 The expenditure was used for its intended purpose as defined in Annex 1 of the Agreement

3 The control systems put in place give the necessary assurances that the underlying transactions were managed in accordance with the provision of this Agreement

4 The Organisation performed the activities in compliance with the obligations laid down in the Agreement and applying the accounting internal control audit systems and procedures for grants and procurement including a review procedure I referred to in Article 13 of the Special Conditions and which have been positively assessed in the ex-ante pillars assessment

Furthermore J confirm that J am not aware of any undisclosed matter which could harm the interests of the

European Union

[However theollowing reservations should be notedmiddot ]

ltinsert place and dategt

(signature)

ltLnsert forename and slIrnamegt

I dapt if grm ts lln d10r p roc urc lll ~ nt procedure i arc nlltthc ones) hSCS cd hy Ihe COlllmiss ion and take out for PA Grant Agreements

Opt IOn to he used ill en e d r~scrvatJ Ollgt

Annex VI I Management Declarati on Page 1

TOS-EUTF-HOA-SO-l1-02

Estimated 1 workmonth year

inputs Continuously (as part of the ToR)

and consultants to produce inputs for communication materials related to specific Varies according to the expert and consultant project activities

2 Financial resources

UUU~~l allocated to communication activities described in the budget chapter

71Page

Annex VII

Template of Management Declaration

Annex VII Management Declaration

I the undersigned ltinsert forename and surnamegt in my capacity as ltinsert function in the entrusted entity r persongt confirm that in relation to the Agreement ltin ert reference of the concrete Agreementgt (the agreement) based on my own judgement and on the information at my disposal including inter alia the results of the aud its and controls carried out that

I The information submitted under Article 3 General Conditions of the Agreement for the financial period ddmmyyyy to ddlmmyyyy is properly presented complete and accurate

2 The expenditure was used for its intended purpose as defined in Annex 1 of the Agreement

3 The control systems put in place give the necessary assurances that the underlying transactions were managed in accordance with the provision of this Agreement

4 The Organisation performed the activities in compliance with the obligations laid down in the Agreement and applying the accounting internal control audit systems and procedures for grants and procurement including a review procedure I referred to in Article 13 of the Special Conditions and which have been positively assessed in the ex-ante pillars assessment

Furthermore J confirm that J am not aware of any undisclosed matter which could harm the interests of the

European Union

[However theollowing reservations should be notedmiddot ]

ltinsert place and dategt

(signature)

ltLnsert forename and slIrnamegt

I dapt if grm ts lln d10r p roc urc lll ~ nt procedure i arc nlltthc ones) hSCS cd hy Ihe COlllmiss ion and take out for PA Grant Agreements

Opt IOn to he used ill en e d r~scrvatJ Ollgt

Annex VI I Management Declarati on Page 1

Annex VII

Template of Management Declaration

Annex VII Management Declaration

I the undersigned ltinsert forename and surnamegt in my capacity as ltinsert function in the entrusted entity r persongt confirm that in relation to the Agreement ltin ert reference of the concrete Agreementgt (the agreement) based on my own judgement and on the information at my disposal including inter alia the results of the aud its and controls carried out that

I The information submitted under Article 3 General Conditions of the Agreement for the financial period ddmmyyyy to ddlmmyyyy is properly presented complete and accurate

2 The expenditure was used for its intended purpose as defined in Annex 1 of the Agreement

3 The control systems put in place give the necessary assurances that the underlying transactions were managed in accordance with the provision of this Agreement

4 The Organisation performed the activities in compliance with the obligations laid down in the Agreement and applying the accounting internal control audit systems and procedures for grants and procurement including a review procedure I referred to in Article 13 of the Special Conditions and which have been positively assessed in the ex-ante pillars assessment

Furthermore J confirm that J am not aware of any undisclosed matter which could harm the interests of the

European Union

[However theollowing reservations should be notedmiddot ]

ltinsert place and dategt

(signature)

ltLnsert forename and slIrnamegt

I dapt if grm ts lln d10r p roc urc lll ~ nt procedure i arc nlltthc ones) hSCS cd hy Ihe COlllmiss ion and take out for PA Grant Agreements

Opt IOn to he used ill en e d r~scrvatJ Ollgt

Annex VI I Management Declarati on Page 1

Annex VII Management Declaration

I the undersigned ltinsert forename and surnamegt in my capacity as ltinsert function in the entrusted entity r persongt confirm that in relation to the Agreement ltin ert reference of the concrete Agreementgt (the agreement) based on my own judgement and on the information at my disposal including inter alia the results of the aud its and controls carried out that

I The information submitted under Article 3 General Conditions of the Agreement for the financial period ddmmyyyy to ddlmmyyyy is properly presented complete and accurate

2 The expenditure was used for its intended purpose as defined in Annex 1 of the Agreement

3 The control systems put in place give the necessary assurances that the underlying transactions were managed in accordance with the provision of this Agreement

4 The Organisation performed the activities in compliance with the obligations laid down in the Agreement and applying the accounting internal control audit systems and procedures for grants and procurement including a review procedure I referred to in Article 13 of the Special Conditions and which have been positively assessed in the ex-ante pillars assessment

Furthermore J confirm that J am not aware of any undisclosed matter which could harm the interests of the

European Union

[However theollowing reservations should be notedmiddot ]

ltinsert place and dategt

(signature)

ltLnsert forename and slIrnamegt

I dapt if grm ts lln d10r p roc urc lll ~ nt procedure i arc nlltthc ones) hSCS cd hy Ihe COlllmiss ion and take out for PA Grant Agreements

Opt IOn to he used ill en e d r~scrvatJ Ollgt

Annex VI I Management Declarati on Page 1